Or 
 
 7^ 
 
 mW^
 
 KORAKOU 
 
 A PREHISTORIC SETTLEMENT NEAR CORINTH
 
 AMERICAN SCHOOL OF CLASSICAL STUDIES AT ATHENS 
 
 KOHAKOU 
 
 A Prehistoric Sottlonicnt near Corintli 
 
 BY 
 
 CAUL W. 1} LEG EN, Ph.D. 
 
 I!<)S'n).\ AM) M;\V 'lOKK 
 
 I'l ltl,l>.|li:i) n\ I'lIK AMKIU< AN S( IIOOl 
 
 OK « l.ASSK Al. STI'UIKS A I' AI'IIKNS 
 
 192 1
 
 ('oi-viiiiiirr. I'.rJI, iiY 
 
 TlIK TKISTI^-S OF Tin; AMKUICAN SCIIOOI, 
 
 OK CI^SSICAI. M riHl;s at ATllliXS 
 
 ALL KIUIIT» i(t:st:i{vi:D 
 
 Crii 
 
 \A 
 
 f-KINTiai AT TIIK HUMKilMIl I'll&U* 
 Cf>N'Cf*Hti N. H. 
 
 CtlLUH I'LArKM UY tIATCIIKI, ANI» 
 
 ^' "■'■*■ ■ p|iit.Abi:i.i>iiiA
 
 Zll 
 
 The investiftations desfribiMl in this vohiinc wcic iiKulc i)(>ssil)lc 
 hy ail a|)i)r()i)riati(in frmii funds (•(intriliiiti't! to the Schniil tin- 
 tilt' imrpose uf exfavatinn by Mrs. ,1. Mdnliioniery Scars of Bos- 
 ton in nienioiy of licr son .1. Moutgonicry Sears, Jr., a member of 
 the School from 1899 to lUOl. 
 
 P.VUL V. C. B.u H, 
 CJkouoe H. Ch.vsk, 
 h.vhold n. fowlkk. 
 
 Publication 
 Committee. 
 
 -.^°^ 
 ^^^^l^<?^-< 
 
 .<*P^ ^ve' 
 
 
 V-^a^^- 
 
 
 v^' 
 
 .^'^'^ 
 
 ,^v 
 
 .Nl-'
 
 CONTENTS 
 
 CHAPTER PAGE 
 
 I. Introduction 1 
 
 II. The Pottery 4 
 
 Early Helladic Period 4 
 
 Middle Ileliadie Period 15 
 
 Late Helladic Period 35 
 
 III. The Architecture 75 
 
 Early Helladic Period 75 
 
 Middle Helladic Period 76 
 
 Late Helladic Period 79 
 
 IV. The Tombs 100 
 
 Early Helladic Period 100 
 
 Middle Helladic Period 100 
 
 Late Helladic Period 102 
 
 V. Miscellaneous Finds 104 
 
 Ivirly Helladic Period 104 
 
 Middle Helladic Period 105" 
 
 Late Helladic Period 105 
 
 \ I. Conclusion 110 
 
 Connect ioii.-^ with Other Hites 110 
 
 ( 'hroiiolofiy 120 
 
 The Prehistoric Culture of Korakou 123 
 
 Appendices 127 
 
 Tables 127 
 
 Stratification of Pit E. A 128 
 
 Pottery Groups from Houses ; 129 
 
 The So-Called Temple of Hera at Tiryns 130 
 
 Index 135
 
 LIST OF PLATES 
 
 I. 1. S:iu('(!-l)():it, lOarly H('ll;i(li(^ Pi'iiod, ("hiss H II. (Wntor-color by 10. ( Jillioron, Jr.) 
 2. I'attcnuHl Ware, Early Ili-Uadic Period, Class C I (a). (Watur-color by E. (Jil- 
 
 lirron, Jr.) 
 '.i. Puttornetl Ware, Early Ilelladic Period, Class C 1(b). (Water-color by E. Ciii- 
 
 liuron, Jr.) 
 
 II. Sherds of Mattpaiiitcd Ware and LiKht-on-Dark Maiidand Ware, Showing Simi- 
 larity of Patterns, Middle Helladie Peiiod. (Drawing by K. (Jillieron, Jr.) 
 
 III. I'our Sherds of ^lattpaintcd Ware, Class II, and Four of Dark-on-Light Mainland 
 
 Ware, Middle Helladie Period. (Drawing by E. Gillicron, Jr.) 
 
 IV. Examples of Patterns on Cups of the Vaphio Shape, Late Helladie Perioil. (Water- 
 eolor by E. Gillieron, Jr.) 
 
 V. Ewer of Good Fabric, Second Late IIella<lie Period. (Water-eolor by K. Gillieron, Jr.) 
 
 \\. l''i)ur Sh(>rds of Ephyracan Ware, Second Late Ilelladic Period. (Water-color by E. 
 ( Jillieron, Jr.) 
 
 \'ll. Two h;pli>raean Goblets Restored, Second Late Helladie Period. (Water-color by IC. 
 Gillieron, Jr.) 
 
 \III. General Plan of the Excavations at Koiakou. (Mcuismed and Dr.iwM by W, M. Dins- 
 moor; with some Additions by Dr. .V. K. < )rl;indos)
 
 LIST OF FIGURES 
 
 1. 'I'lic Mound of Korakoii finjn the South . . 
 
 2. The Mouiul of Koiakoii frojii the West 
 
 ',i. Seven Sherds of Early TIclhuhc Ware 
 
 4. S;nice-hoat, lOaily Ilelladic PeriotI, Chiss A II . 
 
 5. Four Slierds of Early Helladic Ware, Class B I . 
 
 6. Sance-l)oat, Early Ilelladie Period, Class B II . 
 
 7. Askos handle, Ivirly Ilelladie Period, Class B II 
 S. Water-jar, Early Helladic Period, Class B II . 
 9. Sherds of Patterned Ware, E. IT. Period, Group C 
 
 10. Tankards, Early Ilelladie Periotl, Class C I (1)) . . 
 
 11. Large Tankard, Early Helladic Period, Class C II 
 
 12. Hound Saueers, Early Ilelladie Period, Group D 
 \'A. Protiles of UiiMS of Saucers, E. II. Period ... 
 
 14. Deep Bowl, Early Helladic Period, Group E . . 
 1"). Baking-pan, Early Helladic Period, (iroiip E . 
 
 ir>. Sniall Storage Jai-, Earlj' Ilelhuiic Period, (irouj) 10 
 
 17. Goblet with Incised Decoration, E. H. Period, Group F 
 
 15. Minyan Bowl, Middle Helladic Period, Class A I 
 11). Miiiyaii Bowl, Middle Helladic Period, Class A I 
 
 20. Miiiyan Goblet, Middle Helladic Period, Class A I . . . 
 
 21. Minyan Bowl with Uounde-d Profile, M. H. Period, Class A I 
 
 22. Minyan Bowl with Hounded Profile, M. II. Period, Class A I 
 2:i. Nine Sherds of Argive Minyan, M. H. Period, Class All 
 
 24. Dec]) Bowl of Black Monochronie Ware, M. H. Period, A II 
 
 25. Shallow Bowl, Hed IMonouluonie Ware, M. II. Period, All 
 
 26. Three Ladles, Yellow Minyan, M. H. Period, A III . . . 
 
 27. Six Sherds, Early Mattpainted Ware, M. H. Period, B I 
 
 28. Sniall Pithos, Mattpainted Ware, M. II. Period, B I . 
 
 29. Spouted Bowl, Mattpainted Ware, M. H. Period, B I 
 ao. Sh.dlow Basin, ^Llttpainted Ware, IM. H. Period, B I. 
 31. Hcakt^d Jug, Mattjjainteil Ware, M. H. Period, B I 
 :i2. Water-jar, Mattpaintinl Ware, M. H. Period, B I 
 '.V.i. Ne(-k of Water-jar, IMattpaint.ed Ware, M. II. P.-iiod, B 
 M. Sherds from Mattpainted Cups, M. II. Period, B II . 
 .'}'). Fourteen Sherds Mattpainted Ware, M. II. Period, U II 
 ;{(■>. Twi>nty Sherds Mattpaint.-d Ware, :\I. II. Period, H II 
 :}7. Amphora, Mattpauited Ware, M. 11. Period, B 11 
 
 IW. Cup of Fine Fabric, Mattpainted Ware, B II . 
 
 ;i\\. Fragment of Sh.dlow Bowl, Mattpainted Ware, B II . . 
 
 40. lour Sherd.s of Polychrome :Matli)ainted W.ire, Class I? Ill 
 
 U. Three Sherds of Polychrome Mattpainted Ware, Class Bill 
 
 42. Neck of B(!ake(l ,Iug, Polychrome Mattpainted Ware, B III 
 
 
 I'AOE 
 
 Photograph 
 
 1 
 
 (( 
 
 2 
 
 i( 
 
 K 
 
 
 6 
 
 H 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 6 
 
 a 
 
 7 
 
 DV'AW'lU^ 
 
 7 
 
 Photograph 
 
 8 
 
 " 
 
 9 
 
 " 
 
 10 
 
 (t 
 
 11 
 
 li 
 
 11 
 
 Drawing . 
 
 12 
 
 Photograph 
 
 . 12 
 
 (i 
 
 13 
 
 " 
 
 14 
 
 U 
 
 . 14 
 
 ii^ 
 
 1.-) 
 
 n 
 
 1.-. 
 
 n 
 
 16 
 
 a 
 
 16 
 
 tt 
 
 16 
 
 It 
 
 17 
 
 11 
 
 . 18 
 
 n 
 
 . 18 
 
 u 
 
 . 19 
 
 a 
 
 . 20 
 
 it 
 
 . 21 
 
 li 
 
 21 
 
 li 
 
 22 
 
 li 
 
 22 
 
 ti 
 
 23 
 
 Dr.'iwing . 
 
 23 
 
 Photograph 
 
 24 
 
 " 
 
 26 
 
 a 
 
 26 
 
 Drawing 
 
 27 
 
 Photograph 
 
 . 28 
 
 Drawing 
 
 28 
 
 ■• 
 
 29 
 
 1, 
 
 . 29 
 
 <( 
 
 . 28
 
 XIV 
 
 LIST OF FIcrUES 
 
 *7 
 
 4:< 
 
 44. 
 
 45. 
 4ti. 
 17 
 \S. 
 411. 
 iVi. 
 .'.1. 
 .V>. 
 
 r^i. 
 
 M. 
 55. 
 50). 
 57. 
 
 5S. 
 
 5!». 
 
 (Ml. 
 
 (il 
 
 ti2. 
 
 (i:i. 
 
 (►4. 
 
 G5. 
 
 (Ui. 
 
 r.7. 
 
 (•►8. 
 
 •iO. 
 
 70. 
 
 71. 
 
 72. 
 
 7a. 
 
 74. 
 75. 
 
 7S. 
 79. 
 KO. 
 SI. 
 82. 
 m. 
 84. 
 85. 
 80. 
 87. 
 88. 
 8«. 
 
 no. 
 
 91. 
 
 Hiiii of Shallow Howl, rolycliroim- Miittpiiiiilc.l Ware. H III OrawiiiK 
 
 Cup or SoKip. riipaiiit.Ml Wari', M. II. P<-rio.l, CroupC Pli<.((.Ki;ii)li 
 
 Thrif StraiiuTK, Dojiu-^tif Wan-, .M. II. rciio.j, Crunp (' 
 
 Two Siimll Storngi- Jars, M. II. IVriod, ( inmp (' . 
 
 .<fvt'iitc«'n SluTils I.iuht-on-nnrk Ware, M. H. IViiod, I la.>is 1)1 
 
 FraKim-nl of Jun, ( la.st I) I. and (;(>i>lrt, ( "las.-* D II, M. H. I'crioil " 
 
 KIcvrn Shenls Dark-on-LiKht Ware, .M. 11 Piriod, ('las.-: I) II . 
 
 Fivi- SlnT(l.x with Typical .'^i>ir:ilifonn I'attiriiH, L. II. I. . 
 
 KiKhl SliiT(l< with rattirn.s of Sjjirals, Late IItlla(li<- I 
 
 Fivr ShtTils of Late Ilfllailic I Ware . . 
 
 Ti-n FraKim-iit.s of Cups (»f tin- Vaphio Shape, L. 11. 1. " 
 
 Two Cui)S of the Vaphio Shape, Lale Ilelladi'- 1 
 
 C\ip with Linear Deeoratioii, Lat*' Helhulie I 
 
 Two Steliiim<l Cohlets, L.-ite Ilelladic I 
 
 Two Steliiliied Cihiets, Late Ilelladic 1 " 
 
 I'liiminted (Johlet, Late Helladic 1, Class H ... " 
 
 Cohlet, Hlack Monochroiiie Ware Late Hellatlie I, Cinni]) C " 
 
 Two Cohlets, I{ed and Hlack .Monochrome Ware, L. H. I, Gronj) C 
 
 Seven Sherds Illustrating Spirals, Late Ilelladic II, Class .\ . " 
 
 Twelve Sherds from Cups of tlu^ \'aj)hio Shape, L. H. II " 
 
 Fourteen Sherds with Ty|)ical Patterns, Late Helladic 11 . " 
 
 Part of Large Deep Howl, Late Ilelladic II . . 
 
 Fragmentary Deep Howl, Late Ilelladic II . . " 
 
 Stemmed (iohlet and .lug with Cut-away Neck, Late Ilelladic 11 
 
 ■lug with Stippled Decoration, Late Ilc^llailie II ... 
 
 .lug with Decoration of Horizontal Hands, Late Ilelladic II 
 
 Fwer, Showing Hihhon Ornament Helow Handle, Late Helladic 
 
 Two S(|Uat Howls, Late HiUadic II 
 
 Two S(i\iat .lugs, Late Helhulie 11 
 
 Two Shallow Satiecrs, Late Helladic II 
 
 Three ,>>niall \'ases from (!rave I, Late Ilelladic 11 
 
 Two Small Vases fnuu (irave I, Late Ilellailic II 
 
 Seven Sherds of Ejjhyraean Ware, Late Helladic II 
 
 I'ive Sherds I-;i)hyrae;in Ware with Nautilus Design, L. II. II 
 
 F|)hyraean (iohlet with Design of Lilies, Laic Ilelladic II 
 
 I'npaintcd Goblet with One Handle, Late Hellailic II 
 
 Two Viises frojn Crave II, L.-ite Helladic II. . 
 
 I'npaintcd .lug. Late Ilelladic II 
 
 Three rni)ainted Shallow Cujis or Dishes, Late Helladic II 
 
 Profiles of Hiins, Late Helladic II and Late Helladi.' Ill . Dniwing . 
 
 Deep Howl, Late Helladic III I'liotognii)li 
 
 I^nrge Deep Howl, Late Helladic 111 
 
 Deep Howls, Ty|)ical Decoration, Late Helladic III 
 
 Deep Howl Decorated in Close Style, Late Ilelladic III 
 
 Shallow Howl^with Pinched-out Handles, Late Helladic III 
 
 Large Shallow Howl, Pinched-o\it Handles, I.ate Helladic ill 
 
 Large Shallow Hasin, Late Helladic III 
 
 SjKrtiteil Howl, Heil Monochrojiie Ware, Late Helladic III 
 Crater on Short .Stem, Late Helladic III .... 
 
 II
 
 LIST OF FIGURES 
 
 XV 
 
 92. Bowl-shaped Cup, Late Llelladic III 
 
 93. Two Cupts with Profile of Two Ciirve.s, Late Helladic III 
 
 94. Ciroup of Five Cyli.xes from House P, Late Ilelladie III 
 
 95. Two ("jli.ws from House H, Late Helladie III . 
 
 96. ("ylix with Hinli Handles and Small Juk, Late Helladie 111 
 
 97. Jug with Basket Handle and A.skos, Late Hellailic HI 
 
 98. .Jar with Four Handles, Late Helladie III . 
 
 99. Stirrui) Vase, Late Helladic III . . . 
 1(1(1. Two Larpe Water-jars, Late Helladic 111 ... 
 
 101. Two-handled Jar, Late Helladie III 
 
 102. Two Cylixes, One Painted, One Unpainted, Late Hella<lic 
 !():{. Two Deep Bowls, Monochrome Ware, Late Helladie III 
 
 104. Two Domestic Pots, Late Helladic III 
 
 10.5. Sjnall Storage Jar, Late Helladic III 
 
 l()(i. Large Pithos from House L, Late Helladic III 
 
 107. Smaller Pithos from House L, Late Helladic III . 
 
 108. Hounded Corner of Wall, Early Helladic Period . 
 
 109. X'ertical Section of Bothros, I'^arly Helladic Period 
 
 I 10. Plan of House B and House F, Middle Helladic Period 
 
 I I L ( ieneral \'iew of House F from the South .... 
 112. J'laii of House L, Third Late Helladic Period . . . 
 1 i;i. (ieneral \'iew of House L from the South ... 
 
 1 14. Plan of House P, Third Late Helladic Period . . 
 
 115. Wash-tid) or Watering Trimgh (hit.side House P 
 IKi. fieneral \'iew of House P from the Southwest . 
 117. \'icw of Megaron of House P from the Southeast . 
 I IS. Cohunn-base and "Altar" in JMegaron of House P . 
 
 1 19. Plan of House M, Third Late Helladic Period . . 
 
 120. \'iew of Megaron of House yi, Showing Pillar-hases 
 
 121. Plan of House II, Third Late Helladic Period . . . 
 
 122. Megaron of House H \'iewed from the Northwest . 
 12:J. Plan of IIou.se O, Third Late Helladic Period . . . 
 
 124. General View of Area South of House 
 
 125. Stone Threshold with Sill and Pivot-hole .... 
 
 126. North Edge of the Hill of Korakou 
 
 127. Pithos-hurial of Two Small Infants, M. H. Period . . 
 
 128. Intramural liiuial of an Infant, Middle Helladic Period 
 
 129. Three Spintlle Whorls, Two Loom Weights, Early Helladic Perio 
 I'M). Miscellaneous Finds, Miildle and Late Helladic Period 
 
 131. Terracotta Figurines, Tliird Lat(! Helladic Period . 
 
 132. Terracotta Figures of Animals, Late Helladic III . 
 1.33. Miscellaneous ()l)j(>(ds of Bronze and Stone, L. H. III. 
 131. Stratification of West Siile of Pit V. A. ( l'"ast Alley 
 135. Plan of the So-called Teinple of Hera at Tiryns 
 
 
 P.\GE 
 
 Photofcraph 
 
 65 
 
 (• 
 
 66 
 
 it 
 
 66 
 
 tt 
 
 66 
 
 
 07 
 
 it 
 
 67 
 
 K 
 
 68 
 
 it 
 
 68 
 
 n 
 
 69 
 
 li 
 
 70 
 
 a 
 
 71 
 
 ti 
 
 71 
 
 11 
 
 71 
 
 K 
 
 72 
 
 tl 
 
 73 
 
 li 
 
 74 
 
 ti 
 
 75 
 
 Drawing . 
 
 76 
 
 It 
 
 77 
 
 Photograph 
 
 78 
 
 Drawing . 
 
 81 
 
 Photograph 
 
 82 
 
 Drawing 
 
 84 
 
 Photograph 
 
 85 
 
 n 
 
 86 
 
 it 
 
 87 
 
 it 
 
 88 
 
 Drawing . 
 
 90 
 
 Photograph 
 
 91 
 
 Drawing . 
 
 92 
 
 Photograph 
 
 93 
 
 Drawing . 
 
 94 
 
 Photograph 
 
 95 
 
 ii 
 
 96 
 
 *' 
 
 97 
 
 " 
 
 . 1(30 
 
 !• 
 
 . 101 
 
 '• 
 
 . 104 
 
 H 
 
 . 105 
 
 n 
 
 . IOC. 
 
 >i 
 
 . 107 
 
 li 
 
 . lOS 
 
 Drawing 
 
 . 12S 
 
 • i 
 
 . 131
 
 KORAKOU 
 
 A PKKHISTOKIC SKTTLKMKNT NEAR COlUNTII 
 
 ClIAPTKU 1 
 
 INTRODUCTION 
 
 At a point cmHciI Korakoii, not (luitc tlircc kilometres west of New ("orinth and about one 
 kilometre east of 1 he liarhor of Leeliaeuni, t lie lower Corinthian j)lateaii, which here ends in a bluff, 
 forms a shaip aiifilc witliin a stone's throw (jf tiic sea. A consincuous moninl rises on this angle 
 35 in. abov(! the sea and ca. 15 m. over the level of the plateau to the south. The mound (Figs. 1 
 and 2), roufihly oval in shai)e, measures 2f)0 ni. in ienp;th from east to west by 115 m. in wiiitli at 
 
 the widest ]ioint. ivxeavations were maile here by the .-Vmeriean School for a fortnight in the 
 spring of 1915 and again for six weeks in the summer of 1916. A detailed account of the results 
 of these excavations is presented in this report,' including a description of the objects found, as 
 well as a statement of t he f(ini-hisi<ins which it sccnicd in nic niitiiil lie ih'aw n from I hem.- 
 
 A inimber of test pits tlug in a line across the mound of Korakou showed that its core is composed 
 of soft conglomerate on which lies a deposit 4 to 5 m. deep. Tliis deposit is formed by the gradual 
 
 ''I'lic iimriii.s('iipt of lliis report \va.s prcscnle<l ii.s a (lis.scrlali<)ii to llii' Kai'iilly of the (irndiiato School of Yale 
 liiiivcrsity iu caiidiiliicv for the dcurco of Doctor of IMiilosophy. 
 
 ' Mr. .\. J. U. Waco, Director of tlie Uritish .School at .Mlicns, wius prc.-icnt a lar^c part of (he time liuriiiK both enm- 
 pai({iis, and his invaluable a.s8istance both in the field and afterward iti the study of the |)Ottcry, as well jis in reading 
 tlic nianus<Tipt of the pre.ient pa|«'r, i.s (jnitefully acknowleilned. Mr. Ralph Scoll. Kellow of the .Vnierican School, 
 M'^sistcd nie diiriiiK the second I'unipaiKn. 1 am further (jrcally imicbtcd to .Mr. W. H. Dinsmoor, .Vrchilect of the 
 .'\mericiin .School, who measured the archileclural remains anil ilrew the plan. 1'latk \'I1I ; to Dr. .\. K. Orlandos, of the 
 (ireek Ministry of IMucalion, who mailc some aildilions to the plan, drew I lie separate plans of the several hou.ses (Kiip*. 
 1 10, 1 12, 1 If, I I'.t, rjl, rj.il, and also provided the drawings for Ki(ts. 7, V.i, 'S.i, '.il, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, S2, IIH); and to 
 \\\r (ircck archaeolo({ical authorities for Iheir unfailinn courtesy and a.s.sistance -especially to Mr. K. Kourouniotis, 
 who put a competent va.s)"-meiuler at my disposal and also secureil two photographs of va.ses for nie. I wish likewise 
 lo thank I'rofessor I'Mward Capps for his can'ful readini; of the manuscript ami his m.any Kood sUKRestions; and my 
 J I '
 
 2 KORAKOU 
 
 accumuliition of tlt''bris aiul niins of siicrossivo pri'liistoric soltKincnls mikI cxhiljils clear, uiulis- 
 turbed stratification. Xiiinorous foundation walls of stono laid in day, sovi-ral layers of decom- 
 posed erudi- l)rick, and eleven succes.sive levels of liahitatidii aiipeared. Three main strata arc 
 readily distiiiRuishable. 
 
 The first, to which belong six of the above-mentioned surface-levels, rests on rock and has an 
 average thickness of crt. 2 m. It is separated from the second by a well-marked layer of ash which, 
 from the evidence of the trial pits, seems to extend over tlie whole site. The last settlement of 
 the first stratmn (period) thus apparently camo to an abrupt end in a general conllagration. The 
 characteristic and exclusive pottery of the first period is the ware hitherto called "urfirnis" (of. 
 below p. 4). 
 
 The second stratum, directlj' overlying the fir.st, varies in depth from 1 m.to 1.40m. Itincludes 
 three of the levels of habitation referred to .above. Its uppi'r limit is no) so sharply defined as 
 
 FincuE 2. Tiih .\l<>i M' 111 KiiiiAKou from thk Wkst (from tiik Sand 1Iili,s of I,i-<iiai:um). 
 
 was the case with the first stratmn; there is no general layer of ash to indicate a sudden deslruetion. 
 Though thi> transition to the third jx'riod is, in fact, a gradual one, it may nevertheless be easily 
 discerned in the character of the objects, especially the jrottery, obtained from the excavations. 
 The characteri.sti(^ fabrics of the sc^j-ond .stratum are Minyan and Mailpainled wares (cf. 
 b('low J). 15). 
 
 The third and uiijiermost stratum averages 1.20 m. in (le])tli, but its thickness is far from uni- 
 form, ranging from 0.40ra. to2.1()m. in ditTerent i)arts of the hill. It is deej)est toward the eastern 
 (!nd of the crest of the moimd, inidcr and e.asi of ihnise L ((^f. jjlaii, I'i.,\tk Mil), and in this icgion 
 the yield of potsherds was also extremely ri<'li. 'i'iiey show, as will apjicar from the description 
 below, three successive styles which fall into essential agreement, with thr<'e distinct layers sub- 
 dividing the stratum. In th(' ceid.n^ and western part of liu' mound, where tlu; stratmn is not so 
 deep, a i)roce.ss of telescoping seems to hav<' t.aken place. That is, the earlier dciposit of tlic third 
 
 thanks are due also to Mr. K. H. Scager, Professor James M. I'atoii, .■iiid I'lcifcssor I'. V. C. IJuur for similar lielp. 
 To Professor (ieofRC II. Clia.se and Professor Harold N. Powlcr 1 owe a debt of Kialiliiilc for valuahlc rriticism on 
 many points atid generous aid in prei)arinK the irianuscripl for the printer, as well as in reading the proof. Finally 
 I desire to acknowledge my very great ohligatioii to Dr. H. H. Hill, Director of the .\mcrican ScIhmiI, who gave me 
 the opportunity to excavate at Korakou and by his constant aid and ('ncouragement and a painstaking revision of 
 the manuscript made this report jwssible. A summary of some of the conclusions reached in this roi>ort has .'drcady 
 appeared in li. S. A., XXII, pp. 175 IT.
 
 INTRODUCTION :{ 
 
 stratum in ^his region appears to have l)een removed by the inhabitants to whom the later de- 
 posit of that period is duo. The characteristic pottery of the third stratum is Mycenaean ware 
 (leconitcd in lustrous paint (cf. below p. 35). 
 
 It will be seen that each of the three strata produces distinct and characteristic kinds of pottery. 
 All these different classes of wares — "urfirnis," Minyan, Mattpainted ware, and Mycenaean — 
 have been found at other sites, — in the Argolid, in Attica, in Boeotia, in Phocis, and as far north 
 as Lianokladi in the valk>y of the Sperchcius near Lamia. They are typically mainland fabrics. 
 Their exact relation to one another, however, has not hitherto been accurately ascertained.' 
 The importance of the site at Korakou lies in the fact that, supplying the evidence which was lack- 
 ing at Tiryns ami Mycenae, it now definitely establishes the sequence of these prehistoric wares. 
 On the southeastern Greek mainland, therefore, the prehi.'storic age — subsequent to the neolithic — 
 may now be recognized as falling into three great periods. With the object of giving them a name 
 which will emphasize their essentially mainland character, in contrast to the contemporary 
 civilization of Crete and the Cyclades, it is propo.sed in this report to call these periods respectively 
 Early, Middle, and Late Helladic. Each of these may in turn be subdivided in accordance with 
 llie evidence of the excavations as set forth l)elow. 
 
 In the following report the discussion of the first or Early Helladic Period ilepends almost 
 entirely on the evidence supplied bj' the deep pits which were sunk down to rock (pits C, E, G, 
 J, IvA., L, P, S). Eor the second or Middle Helladic Period the evidence comes in part from the 
 pits (J, E.A., L, M, N, P, R, S), in part from a larger space on the eastern slope of the hill, where 
 the foundations of a house containing Minyan pottery were uncovered. Finally, the account of 
 t he third or Late Helladic Period is based for the earlier stages on the material proiluced by the 
 pits (J, K.\„ L, M, K, S, P, R), and for the later stages on a more general excavation of the whole 
 central aica of the mound. 
 
 'Cf. />". N. .1., .\ Nil, pp. IT.iir.
 
 CILVrTKlt II 
 
 THE POTTERY 
 In tlie course of the excavations particular attention was given to the pottery, of wliirh a great 
 (juantity (not far short of 100,000 sherds) was found. All shcids were gathered up and kept 
 separate in trays according to level. Everything was washed and nothing was thrown away 
 without first having been examined and judged to be valueless. A large amount of work was 
 devoted to tlie cleaning and cla.ssifying of the pottery after it had l)een removed to tiie museum. 
 With the help of the vase-menders, J. Katsarakis in the suniincr of IIH."), 1'. Diniakopoulos in 
 liUti, and (1. Kontogeorgis in 1918, it was possible to put together and restore from fi'agments 
 more than 1.50 vases, which form a valuable and representative collection of the jHchistoric ])ot- 
 tery of Corinth. The.se vases are now in the museum at Old Corinth. 
 
 FIRST STRATUM— EARLY HELLADIC PERIOD 
 
 During the whole of this period a hand-made pottery was in use; there is no indication that the 
 potter's wheel was known. In consequence the potter, recognizing his limitations — or perhaps 
 rather compelled l)y his limitations — has to a large extent avoided shapes that call for symmetry 
 and exactness. Round saucers or shallow bowls are, indeed, extremely common, but their perim- 
 eter rarely, if ever, forms a perfect circle; it is often drawn out into an irregular ellipse. In com- 
 parison with the great mass of later (chiefly Mycenaean or Late Helladic) sherds produced by the 
 excavations, the amount of Early Helladic ware, owing to the limited area of the pits, was natu- 
 rallj' not large. These finds were nevertheless significant and sufficiently numerous to give the 
 basis for classification into the following groups: 
 
 A. Hand-Pollshed Ware 
 
 I. Unslipped} The fabric, though sometimes thin, is not very good. The clay, usually 
 reddish, is somewhat coarse and contains numerous gritty particles, while the baking is far from 
 perfect. The surface of the vase is buff, red, or black, or some shade varying between red and 
 black, and is very smoothly polished. Marks of the burnishing instrument are distinctly visible. 
 The material is very fragmentary and no whole vases were found. Shapes that couUl lie recog- 
 nized are shallow, round bowls or saucers; <leep, wide jars; and askoid pots. No vessel with a 
 raised base was found. In some cases the bottom of the vase was merely flattened out; in others 
 after the bottom was flattened its centre was pushed upward a little, forming thereby a slight hol- 
 low under the pot. In this latter form we may have an early stage in the development of the 
 raised base. 
 
 Some of this ware was decorated with incised patterns as shown in Figure 3 (Nos. 2, 3, and 5). 
 These patterns consist of stamped double sj)irals connected by tangents, arranged in Itelts around 
 
 ' Cf. B. S. A., XXII, p. 176, group I (a). 
 
 4
 
 THH POTTKHV 5 
 
 fhc upper ^art of I lie vase, and separated by a band of parallel lines or hatched triangles from the 
 lower part of the vase, which is undecorated. Sometimes the incisions are fairly broad and deep 
 and may have been filled in with white; in other cases they are narrow and shallow, and apparently 
 contained no pigment. So far as could be recognized, the shape resembles that of certain Early 
 Cycladic jars.' A small jar with similar decoration was found in ISdC. in a rock-cut tomb at 
 Old Corinth.2 
 
 The best of this ware appeared just above native rock at the bottom of pits G and L. Red was 
 at first more frequent than black, and the rod-faced ware is in general superior in fabric to the 
 lilack. Ihis |)ottery as a whole has a primitive appearance: note particularly the simplicity of 
 
 FiouHE ',i. Sherds of Eaiily Helladic Wake (2, 3 and .5 ok Class A I; 1 ok Cl.\s.s A II; 7 ok C'la.ss B II; ti ok 
 
 CiHOUI> D: t OK CiRQUP E). 
 
 >ha|)(' and the lack of a raised ba.sc. The higlil>- polished surface may well be an inheritance or a 
 
 survival of the burnished techni(iue characterislic of the neolithic jjcriod. Pottery of the same 
 
 character has been found in considcnibli' (|uanlilies in the Cyclades, especially at Pliylakopi in 
 
 Melos.' 
 
 II. Slipped Ware* N'ases of this group arc finely made and well baked. The surface is 
 
 covered with a smooth, polished slip, reddish brown, bulT, yellowish bulT.orgray in tone. Marks of 
 
 the polishing implement may generally be seen. The slip is Ihin and hard but often peels off readily 
 
 (cf. Fig. :i, No. 1). The shapes include small saucers and shallow bowls, sauce-boats, askoi, and 
 
 jugs with a wide mouth. One jug of this class had a line of wedge-shaped incisions round the ba.se 
 
 of the neck (cf. Fig. 3, No. 1). The sauce-boat shown in Figure 4 is typical in its shape save for 
 
 the vertical han(ll(>, the ordinary handle of this kind of vase being horizontal. In some of the 
 
 earli(>r specimens of this ware the base is formed as in group I, by flattening out the bottom of the 
 
 base. In later examples, however, there is a raised base. Apart from the application of a slip, 
 
 ' Cf. 'K^.'Apx., 1R98, PI. 9, 34 or 22, or perhaiw 1 or 2. 
 
 *A.J. A., I, 1897, p. :521, II. 2. 
 
 > Cf. I'hylakopi, §§ 2-J. 
 
 •Cf. «. .S-. .1., \XII, p. 177, uroup I (b).
 
 KORAKOU 
 
 FiFURE 4. Sauce-boat, Early Helladic Period, 
 Class A II. 
 
 the raised base and tlic ik^w shape {i.e., the sauce- 
 lioat) are indications that this group marks an 
 advance on group I. 
 
 H. Glazed Wake ' 
 
 This ware is ciiaractcrizcd liy its partial or 
 complete coating of glaze-paint. It was first 
 found by Kurtwiingler at Orchomenos and named 
 by him " urfirnis" ware. It may be divided into 
 the following two classes: 
 
 1. Partly Coated.^ The clay is generally buff 
 or yellowish green in color and is sometimes 
 rather gritty. The vases are not always carefully 
 made, the shajic being often distorted in baking. 
 There is no slip and no polish, but thin, glaze- 
 like paint is applied in a careless V)and of varying 
 width along the rim, either inside or outside or 
 both. The fine marks of the l)rush may be easily 
 seen, a characteristic detail of this whole group 
 of pottery (group B). The color of the glaze is 
 generally reddish Ijrown, though in a few cases it 
 approaches more nearly brick red. The commonest shape of this class is a round saucer or bowl, 
 sometimes shallow, sometimes deep, and often^ but not always, with an incurving rim. A typical 
 example is shown in Figure 5, No. 2. In a few cases the brush-line does not follow the rim, but 
 two lines of paint are applied at right angles to each other, extending from rim to rim and 
 forming a large cross on the interior or exterior of the saucer (cf. Fig. 5, No. 3). Other shapes 
 include the askos and the 
 sauce-boat. 
 
 II. Completely Coated.^ 
 This is the commonest class 
 of Early Helladic ware, "ur- 
 firnis" par excellence. The 
 fabric is like that of class 
 B I. In this case, however, 
 the entire vase is coated with 
 more or less lustrous thin 
 glaze-paint in which the 
 marks of the brush are 
 generally conspicuous. The 
 
 'Cf. B. S. A., XXII, p. 177, 
 group II. 
 
 'Cf. B. S. A., XXII, p. 177, 
 group II (a). 
 
 'Cf. B. S. A., XXII, p. 177, 
 group II (b). 
 
 Figure 5. Sherds of Early Hell.\dic Ware, Class B I, Partly Coated.
 
 THE POTTERY 7 
 
 colors are ^^)rick ic.l aiid rcdilisli lnown shading to l)lack. Both arc oci-asionally found on ili.- 
 same vase, and the variation may in many cases Im (juitc unpremeditated. Several examples, 
 however, in wiiicii the two colors occur in alternate, though irregular, bands (cf. Plate I, No. 1 1 
 imply that the mottled etTect is intentional and recall the mottled ware discovered by Scager at 
 Vasiliki.' The following shapes of vases belonging to this class were recognizable at Korakou: 
 
 1 . Flat round saucers without handles, similar to those of class I. These saucers may be shal- 
 low or fairly deep, and the rim may be sharply recurved inward or show merely a slight curve (cf. 
 I'ig. 13). Many of these saucers have no raised 
 
 base; the later specimens, however, arc usually 
 provided with one. Sometimes these vessels 
 are oval instead of round, forniiny; a middle step 
 between the saucer type and the sauce-boat type. 
 
 2. Sauce-boats. This shape, which is very 
 common and characteristic of the Early Helladic 
 Period, is probably a development of the oval 
 bowl through the aildition of a spout rising from 
 one side and a handle set on the other o])positc 
 it , the height of the sides being slightly increased. 
 The spout varies considerably in elevation and 
 almost always ends in a lip curving sharply out- 
 ward. The handle is usually horizontal, l)ut 
 vertical exaini)les likewi.sc occur. These vases are frequently of very good fabric. .\ small 
 sauce-boat of this type is shown in Figure 6. The larger specimen given in Plate I, No. 1, is not 
 from Korakou Init from the neighboring site of Gonia. It is reproduced here as the best available 
 
 example of the "mottled" ware described above. 
 
 3. Beaked jugs or ewers. No whole specimen of 
 
 u ={t^tsa^^^^^''^'''*^^^^itei^'5v ^^^^ shape was found at Korakou, but some sherds 
 
 appear to belong to vessels of approximately the same 
 form as certain jugs from the rock-cut tombs exca- 
 vated at Old Corinth in 18!)(i.= 
 
 4. Askoi. The askos is one of the favorite shapes 
 
 , „ ,, ,, of the Earlv Helladic Period. The pit.s at Korakou 
 
 Askos Handle, Kakly Helladii- • ' 
 
 Period, Class B II. yielded recognizable fragments, including a number of 
 
 Figure G. Sauce-boat, Eauly Helladic Pekioo, 
 Class H II. 
 
 Figure 7. 
 
 ' Cf. Transaclions, Dept. of Archaeology, Univ. of Penn., Vol. I, 100.'), I'urt III. IMs. ,34 and 35. I am indebted to 
 Mis."; C. M. A. Hirhtcr and to Professor Charles F. Biiins for a satisfactory explanation of the method by wliieh this 
 variation in colorinR ini^lit have been obtained. Profes.sor Hinns st«tes that the variety of coloring in the mottled ware 
 is not due to variation of heat, but is simply a matter of oxi<lation or reduetion. .\n abiuidanee of oxym-n in the kiln 
 produces the red eolor; the presence of carbon or the absence of oxygen (or both) produces the black color. In the 
 case of mottled ware, where the effect is intentional, it could have been produee<I by putlinK a carbonaceous pigment 
 like tar on the part.s which were to be black, since the carbon would be absorbed and the iron reduced, 
 thereby forminK bhu'k. Mr. Scager, in the article referred to above, suRgcst^ that the mottled elTect on the Va-siliki 
 ware was obtained by differences in the intensity of firing, the viuses being perhaps put into a l>cd of coals which were 
 lieaped over them. The black patches would then be the elTect in each case of a live coal lying actually against the 
 surface of the viuse. Professor Hinns thinks this explanation iloubtful, however, since the patteriw arc too distinctive 
 to have been produ(U'd by the accidental piling together of glowing coals. 
 
 '.I.,/. .1., I, 1897, pp. 310 f.
 
 8 
 
 KOKAKOU 
 
 characti'ristically loiifj, flat. cuivimI liaiullos (ef. Fig. 7), Imt no whole i-xaniplcs; several were found 
 at the iicigliboring sites of Yiiiza and Goiiia. 
 
 .'). Water-jars. The.so are mueh lii^e the later hydriae. tlioiigli rather stuiat and more nearly 
 spherical in shape, as may be seen in the typical example of Figure S. There are two small, hori- 
 zontal, loop handles on opposite sides of the shoulder. Tlie neck, unfoil un:itely missing, has Irmmi 
 restored in plaster. The black paint which once covered the vessel has almost all Haked ofl. 
 .\not her well-made water-jar from pit 1' is coated with reddish brown paint. 
 
 The glazed ware descriljcd above makes its appearance in the stratification a little later than 
 polished ware of group A; but once introduced it continues in use througlu)Ul the whole of the 
 
 :..,^S^ 
 
 \ - 
 
 I 
 
 •V 
 
 FiGUUE S. \VaTEK-.I.\R, EaKLV HkLL.VDIC PeKIOD. (.'l.\SS H 11. ('I'hE Nei 1\ is Ke.stoued.) 
 
 Early Ilelladic Period. It shows surprisingly little cluuifie during this long time. .\ certain 
 improvement in fabric may, indeed, be observinl, but on the other Imnd the glaze-paint seems to 
 deteriorate in quality. In conseciueiu'c, many of the later vases which were oiigiiially covered 
 with paint have largely lost their coating and now present a more primitive appearance than earlier 
 vessels of the same class. 
 
 ('. Patterned \\'are' 
 I . Dark-on-Light 
 
 (a) Clay and fabric are similar to those of group R. The vase is covered with paint as in class 
 B II, except for a reseivcd zone somewhere about the middle of the i)()t. Hei-e on a prepared 
 
 1 Cf. B. 6. A., XXll, p. 177, group 111.
 
 THIC I'OTTKRY 9 
 
 surface is^aiiitcd a linear pallcni in ulaze-paint siinilar to tliat covcrinn llic \vs{ of llic va.-t-. 
 The colors used aic lnick red. reddish brown, or black. The pattern is simple, consisting Hfnt'ndly 
 of parallel lines often connected by cross lines. It may be ob.served that, inasnuich as the whole 
 va.se is dark save for the decorated zone, the contrast of the latter with the rest of the va.se gives 
 the decoration theefiect of lifcht-on-dark. This is .seen in the partially restored tankard of this 
 type shown on Plate I, No. 2. 
 
 KiouHE 9 SiiEiiDs OF P.\TTKHNEi) \\ AUK, Eahly Hkllaiih I'KKhii.. Gnorr C. 
 
 Sliajies that have b(>en recofinized are askoi. I wo-haiidle(| tankards, and small bowls with nne 
 handle. 
 
 (b) Clay an<l fai)ric same as preceding. The surface of the vase is prejiared with a creamy 
 while. (II- liulT. or yellowish trrceii slip, which is usually lightly polished. < >n this are painted 
 linear i)atterns. almost always in belts, in paint similar to that of class (a). The patterns com- 
 monly used are bands of parallel lines, hatched triangles, lozenges, or zigzags (cf. PL.\rK I, ;}; also 
 I'ig. '.)). The colors include brick red. reddish brown, and black. Hrick red is apparently used 
 only on bidT-colored clay and slip, while iilack and brownish black occur on the yellowish green 
 variety a.s well. This ilistinction is regularly present in the Mycena<'an wares of the Late Helladic 
 Period also; whether if is intentional or merely due to the accidents of tiring I do not know, .\mong 
 I he recognizable shajM-s are: 
 
 1. T.ankards. The usual shape is tli;il shown in Kigure 10. Provided with a Hal liase. rather 
 wide, the tankard has fairly straight sides narrowing gradually toward the lop. while the rim splays
 
 10 KORAKOU 
 
 outward anain. Two tliick rihlmii handles are set vcrtit^ally, fairly low down on opposite sides of 
 the l)ody. 'I'lie surf ace is covered \\ illi a slip, sliglilly |)olislu'd. lionnd I lie vessel lun llireo zones 
 of <ii'e()ralion, one level with the lower end of the handles, one al)out tiie middle of the vase, and 
 the third just lielow the rim. The patterns arc purely linear, eonsisting of belts of parallel lines, 
 from two to six in number. In eases where there are four or more the midille lines are connected 
 in pairs by cross lines at intervals. The upper line of the paltern in the lowest and the highest of 
 the three zones is regularly (HITerentiated by slanting rays which project on the iipixu' side. In 
 some cases, between l)ordcrs of jiarallel lines thei'c is a band of zigzags oi- hatched triangles or 
 
 FiGCKE 10. Tankakds, Early Helladic I'kkiod, Class C I (b). 
 
 lozenges (cf. Fig. i), Nos. 4, 14, 19 and Plate I, No. 2). The inside of tFie rim is decorated 
 with a sinular linear pattern. It has been suggested that these patterns may l)e derived from 
 basket work.^ 
 
 Other tankards exactly like the preceding in sliajie, but of smaller size, have one handle only. 
 The decoration is the same as that just described. 
 
 2. Wide cups or bowls with one handle. These are generally fairly deep, have a flat base, 
 rounded body, and sharply splaying rim. In some cases the decoration consists of one or more 
 zones as described above. In other cases the whole exterior of the vessel is coated with paint, 
 while the pattern is limited to a narrow band round the inside of the rim. 
 
 3. ^auce-boats. No whole example was found like that from Naxos in the National Museum 
 at Athens;- but there arc fragments of spouts with a pattern of hatched triangles along the rim. 
 
 4. Straight-sided cups and small jugs, as well as askoi, have been found at other sites in the 
 neighborhood, but could not be definitely recognized at Korakou. 
 
 II. Light-on-Dark. Clay and fabric are identical with those of class B II. These vases are 
 coateil with rather dull black or brick red paint, flaking off easily, which serves as the ground 
 for patterns similar to those of the preceding grou]) but executetl in thin lines in white or creamy 
 whit(> ijaint. This white is not very durable and has in some cases almost entirely disappeared, 
 
 1 B. S. A., XXII, p. 178. 
 
 ' No. 6107; cf. B. S. A., XXII, PI. VII, 2.
 
 THE POTTERY 
 
 11 
 
 Icaviiifi Inil faiiil traces. Nut very many sliiTils 
 of tliis tyju' were I'ouml at Korakou (l-ig. 9, Nos. 
 15, It), 20-22) and no sliapcs cuulil Ix- certainly 
 idi'iitified. The large t wo-liandled jug shown in 
 Eifiure 11, wliieli is published here to illustrate 
 the type, is i'loni (Ionia. It is similar lo the 
 l.iiik.irds jiisi described, hut considerably larger. 
 .\ Hat base from Korakou, on which two pairs 
 of parallel lines form a cross (white on brick 
 red), may be from a jug of the same shape 
 (Fig. 9, No. 22). 
 
 Liglit-oii-dark ware similar to this has been 
 found at other sites, especially at Oichomenos 
 and at Hagia JMarina in Phocis.' 
 
 Patterned ware of grouj) C appears only in 
 the highest levels of the first stratum and only in small (luantitie: 
 ingly to the end of the I'^arly Helladic Period. 
 
 I^. l'.NI'.\l\TKD W .VliK 
 
 .Vlong with the ])()lished and painted wares described in the jucceding ])aragraplis there was found 
 a considerable quantity of pottery of the .same fabric but without slip, or paint, or polishing of the 
 surface. These vessels arc also in general less carefully made. The buff or yellowish green day^ 
 which is usually somewhat coarse, is rather porous, anil the vases are conse<|uently not aiiajited to 
 hold liquids for any length of time. C'onnnon shapes are: 
 
 1. Round saxicers or bowls similar to those already described. These are fairly numerous and, 
 in spite of their primitive appearance and frequent distortion as the result of careless baking, are not 
 
 KlCURE 11. 
 
 Lakck Ta.n'kako, Eakly Hklladii- 
 I'kkidi), Class C II. 
 
 It seems to belong aecorii- 
 
 
 FiooKE 12. Kou.NU Sauceks, Eakly Helladic Tekiod, (Juour U. 
 
 limited to the earlier jiart of the jieriod. Typical examples are shown in Figure 12; lunlin Figure 13 
 
 may be seen a numl>er of characteristic profiles of rims. Occasionally a pot tor's mark is impressed 
 
 on the base or on the outside of the vessel, as is tlic case on the sheril seen in Figure .J, No. 0. 
 
 2. Beaked jugs. These are of the same general type as those found in tiic rock-cut tombs 
 
 excavated at Old Corinth in 189(i.= No whole .specimen is available from Korakou, but .several 
 
 spouts were fotmd. 
 
 > Cf. liciK lit. dr., .X.KV, I'.tlJ, pp. 271 IT. 
 'A.J. A., I, 1897, pp. 31'J Cf.
 
 12 
 
 Kol.'AKOU 
 
 3. Askoi arc, as in the iircwdiiif; t;r<.)iii)s. icpicsciilcd cliiclly liy frafiiiiciits of cliaractcristic 
 hantllcs. 
 
 K. Domestic Pots and Pithoi 
 
 FrafjiiuMits of household cookiiifi vessels wore found in all levels of the l!]arly Ilelhidic Period. 
 Some of tliese with a highly polished surface arc coarse specimens of the technique of group A, 
 
 I'lCiiKK V.i. I'hofilks (IF Kims of iSaiicf;ks, Kaiilv IIkll.muc I'khiod. {'riii: Insidk of Tin; V'ksskl is in Kach 
 
 Case to tiik Lki'T.) 
 
 while others, coated witli a careless wash of jilaze or cnlircly iiii]>aintiMl, licloiiii to tlie style of 
 groups H and 1). All show a thick, liand-niadc laluic of gritty, unsifted el;iy, and their hlackeiied 
 exterior makes it clear that they were used for culinary i)uip<ises over an open fire. 
 
 1. Deep liowls with splaying rim and two rihhon handles. In some cases the handle, start- 
 ing from the rim, forms a rounded loo]) down to the l)0(ly. In other cases the handle is set low on 
 the hody of the vase. The bottom is flattened to i'orin the base. Pots of t his shape are usually 
 polished. 
 
 2. Larger howls — also deej) — with straight or incurving rim. Some iiave one (Fig. 11) or more 
 small lihljon handles; others have none: while occasionally two lugs set well down the side take the 
 
 Sj 
 
 Figure 14. Deep Bowl, Early Helladic Period, Group E. (Domestic Ware.) 
 
 place of luindles.' The bottom is commonly flattened, raised bases being rare. Vessels of this 
 shape are almost always unpolished. A raised rope band frequently runs round the liowl just 
 below the rim. 
 
 ' Cf. -E*. 'Apx-, 1898, PI- 9, No. 17.
 
 THE POTTERY 
 
 13 
 
 3. Shallow howls 01- basins, generally with a thickened rim, flat on toj). These basins have 
 either round looj) iiandles set horizontally or pinched-out horizontal ribljon handles. 
 
 4. Pans. These are very curious circular vessels (Fig. 15) of rather large dimensions (diameter 
 ca. 0.40 ni. to ()..'>() ni.). The bottom is slightly roinidc<i and very thin. From this ri.sc splaying 
 sides to a height of only a few centimetres (0.(J4 m. to 0.08 ni.). The rim, however, is not level 
 but slopes gradually downwanl until, when almost opposite its highest point, it makes an angle 
 and descends rai)idly to the level of the bottom. .\t this point the fabric is considerably thick- 
 ened, suggesting that there was here a sturdy projecting handle somewhat like that on a modern 
 frying-));!!!. The fabric is coarse and the poitnis clay unpainted and mipolishcii. The vessel 
 
 Fiotmi' 1."). B.\KiN(:-i>AN, Kaki.y nKi,i,.M)ie I'ekiou, Ghoui' 10. ^Domkctk- Ware.) 
 
 ii!ay lie a p!iniit i\-e soil of bakii!g-i)an, foi' t he liotldin is iilackci!ed as thoujih fioni use over a fiiT. 
 Similar ware has been fou!id in Tiiessal\- i!i levels corresponding ap])aicntly to the Early Helladic 
 P(>riod at Korakou, namely the so-called rugose dishes at Tsani.' 
 
 5. Jars. Small stoi-age jars ai'c represented by a numbei- of f!ag!nei!is. This shape has a Hat 
 base and s|)!cadi!ig sides which e!id i!i a wide inuul ii wit li splayi!ig !i!u. The fabric is coarse and 
 heavy. There aic no handles. Paint is lacking ami theic is veiy little if any polish. Decoration 
 is limited to a raised idpe l)ai!il j\ist below the !i!ii, or is omitteil altogether. .\ t\i)ical example 
 is shown in Figm-e IG. 
 
 0. Pithoi. No whole ))ithoi were recovered, lait the sherds indicate that there was a consider- 
 :ible rai!gc in size as well as in sha])e. Some of the f!agments belong to ve.ssels of very great di- 
 mensions. One such sherd from the upper part of a huge pithos shows a broad flat rim decorated 
 with several rows of wedge-shaped incisions or impi'cssions; while below the short neck appears 
 the beginning of the body bioadeiiing out in a wide curve. The ujiper part of the body, at least, 
 was encircled by !iume!<>us raised rope bands with i!iipressions made by some blunt instrument 
 (Fig. 3, No. 4). No base was found. Smallci- jiithoi also had cuneifoi!ii incisions on the rim, 
 and raised rope bands ran about the body. In some cases the space between certain pairs of 
 bands was coated with brown-black paint, thus ap|)areiilly pieseiiting alternate bells of painted 
 and unpainted .siuface (Fig. 3, No. 7). 
 
 F. ()tiii:h W.vnrs 
 
 There remains to be mentioned the small va.se shown in I'iguie 17, a fairly well mailc cup or gob- 
 let with two hai!dlcs (both missing but restored in jilastcr). The clay is dark and gritty. The 
 shape has Cycladic ai!d T!(ijaii parallels; but the |)olished bidwii surface a!id the peculiar inci.x«>d 
 decoration, which consists of a row of cimeifoii!! impressions between twn parallel lines running 
 
 ' Cf . Ware utid 'riioiiipsoii, Prehixtoric Thensaty, |i. 111.
 
 14 
 
 KORAKOU 
 
 round tlic lower part of the body, finil their closest analogy in the prehistoric pottery of Olympia.' 
 This vase is unique at Korakou and can hardly be a local fabric. I reganl it as an importation 
 from the west. It was found in the highest layer of the first stratum and belongs therefore to 
 the end of the Early Helladic Period in ilate. 
 
 Although, as already mentioned, six floor-levels (or, to be more accurate, levels of habitation) 
 apjiear in the side of the pits in the stratiun belonging to the Early Helladic Period, it was not 
 possible in the limited space excavated to bring them into connection with changes in the style of 
 the pottery. The potterj' itself, however, according to its sequence in the stratum, falls roughly 
 into tiiree chronological stages, and in accordance W'ith these.(and without laying too much stress 
 on the distinction) the period may be provisionally subdivided into three .secondary divisions. 
 
 i 
 
 J 
 
 i 
 
 Figure 17. (Joislet with Incised Decok.\- 
 TioN (Possibly Impouted from OLyMPi.\), 
 Eaui.y IlELLADir Peuioi), Group F. 
 
 FiouRE 16. Small Stor.^ge Jar, Early Helladic 
 Period, Group E. 
 
 Tyi)i(a] of the earlic'st is the polished ware of group A with its .sub-neolithic character, while glazed 
 ware is only just beginning to appear. This might be called Early Helladic I. Glazed ware of 
 group B is characteristic of the seconil stage, which may be named Early Helladic II. This stage 
 is much longer than the first and yields a much larger quantity of pottery. In the last stage, or 
 I'^.arly Helladic III, glazed ware continues to maintain its predominant position and includes the 
 bulk (if the sherds found, but a new departure in the ceramic art is seen in the patterned W'are of 
 group ('. Though these latter sherds were comparati\-ely few, they are extremely significant in 
 their bearing on the relations of the settlement at Korakou to other |)rehist<)ric establishments in 
 the Aegean area (cf. below p. 112). Unpainted ware of grouj) D and domestic vessels of grouj) K 
 occur in all stages of the period without perceptible change. 
 
 > Cf. Ath. Mitt., XXXVl, 1!)11, pp. 104 IT.
 
 THE POTTERY 15 
 
 SECOND STRATUM— MIDDLE HELLADK" PERIOD 
 
 The pottery of the Middle Helladio Period falls into four iiuiiii classes: Minyan ware. Matt- 
 painted ware, unpaintcd domestic ware, and Mainland ware (-(jrrespondint; to fabrics of the Third 
 Middle Minoan Period, each of which may be further subdividisd. 
 
 A. MiNYAN Ware* 
 
 T. Craii Minyan {or True or Northern Minyan). This fine potter>', named by Schliemann, who 
 first fuxnid it at Orchonienos and Mycenae, has since been discovered at numerous oilier sites. 
 It has been fully described In' Forsdyke,^ but a brief summary of its characteristics may be (tiven 
 here. It is a w hccl-iiiaile pottery of high technical excellence. The clay is extremely fine and of 
 a characteristic color which varies in different vessels from a veiy light to a veiy dark gray. This 
 color is in most cases uiiifonn quite throtigh the biscxiit, as well as on the surface, and is |)robably 
 due to the effect of some ii.irticuhir process of firing on the mineral elements in the clay. The sur- 
 face is smoothly polished and has a characteristic soapy feel. The fabric is usually thin. The 
 shajjcs of the vases are graceful and lia\c the unmistakable appearance of imitations of metal 
 prototyiK's. The great bulk of this (;ra> Minyan is undccorated, but a number of sherds were 
 
 < 
 
 FlGURB IS. Ml.NYAN' l!l)«l., MnHlI.i: lIl.I.LADlr 
 
 PeKIOI), C'l.VS.S a 1. I'lGURE 1'.). .\llNYAN HoWL, .\lM>l>Lf. IIkI.I.AIHC 
 
 Pkkiod, Class A I. 
 
 foiuid wiiich have a simple incised design in curved or wavy lines. The incision is very shallow 
 and no white filling was used. Shapes recognized at Korakou are the following: 
 
 1. Deep open bowls with two high-sw\ing, ribbon handles and sides formed with a sharply 
 angular profile (Fig. 18). The rim is high and splays outward. In some cases the bottom of the 
 bowl is merely flattened (Fig. 19); in others there is a low raised base as in Figure 18. 
 
 2. Similar bowls with the same angular sides but with two small, tial lim)) handles set verti- 
 cally below the liin. .\gain there are the two types of base: flat and raise*!. 
 
 '.i. Similar iiouls iiut cdnsiderably shallower. There arc two round bow handles set vertically 
 directly on the rim. 
 
 4. Ooblets, essentially of the same Inrni as sli.apc 2 aiiovc. but set on a high, ringed stem 
 
 (Fig. 20). Sonu' stems have only one or two rings the so-called southern (ypc;^ while others 
 
 have as uumy as six or seven the so-called northern type.* The stem is hollnw. 
 
 'Cf. «. .S'. A., X.XII, pp. 180ff. 
 
 » J. //. .S'., XXXI V, l!lll, pp. 12ti-l.'if.; if. iil.soCliil.lc,. /.//,. s'., XXXV. I'll.'., pp. 1!m; 2(17; iiii.l lUwkiiisiui.l l)r<xip, 
 Ji. S. A., XVII, I'.llO-l'.Ml, p. l(i. 
 
 ' Cf. Kurtwiiiinlcr mill Liicschcke, M ykriiisclie Vitsni, I'l. .XI.IV, Nu. 1". 
 
 ♦Cf. 1'rehi.sloric Thessiily, p. 187, Vin. 135, for ii .siiniliir goMut from Ijunoklsiili.
 
 10 
 
 KORAKOU 
 
 Figure 20. Minyan Goblet, Middle IIelladic Period, Class A 1. (The lower i)ait of the body has l>een 
 restored in plaster. The stem does not join aiul may. indeed, Ije from another vessel of the same shape.) 
 
 Tlic shai]) angle of the side, tlic Hat haiullcs. and the thin flat rim in all the preceding shapes are 
 decidedly metallic in their et^'ect. The gray color, too, may hi' due to an attempt to imitate 
 silver or lead. 
 
 5. Bowls similar to shape 1 with high handles; but the side of the vessel instead of being angu- 
 lar is curved. The rim, however, splays outward as in the preceding shapes (Fig. 21). 
 
 6. Bowls similar to shape 2 with small flat loop handles below the rim; but differing in that the 
 side of the bowl is rounded, there being no angle at tlie sliotdder (Fig. 22). 
 
 FiiiiRE 21. MiNYAx Bowl with Hounded 
 Profile, Middlk Helladio Period, Class A 1. 
 
 V 
 
 FuiURE 22. MiNVAN Bowl with Hounded 
 Profile, Middle Helladic Period, Cl.\ss A I. 
 (Largely restored.)
 
 THK POTTERY 17 
 
 7. Siiia^ll cups witl. one iil.l)()ii liaiidlc. The profile up tc ll.c lir.i is cuiv..,!; tho rim splays 
 
 outward. 
 
 II. "Argive Minyan." ' This seems to be a local (po.ssibly Peloponncsian) imitation of Gray 
 Miiiyan, sonietiines turned on the wheel, hut more often hand-made. The elay is usually not very 
 earefully sifted. The hiseuit is hulT or reddish-hrown at thf con'. Imrned darker near the surface. 
 
 FiGURK 2;?. SllKItDS OK "AlKilVE MiNY.Vn" WaHE, MlDDLE 11eLL.\I>IC PeRIOD, C'LASt- A 11. 
 
 The surface of tlie vase both inside and out is covered with a heavy slip, grayish green, brown, 
 brownish black, or black, wliicli is connnoncst. in color, ll is highly ])olished and hard, lacking 
 the .soapy feel. 
 
 Much of this "Argive Minyan" w.'ire is decorated with sinii)le incised curviliiu>ar |)atlerns and 
 wilh stanipc<l coiicciil lie circles, 'riic Litter are (lee|)er than tile former and were filled with 
 wliitc ])igment ; tiie linear patterns, on the other hand, are shallow and show no trace of filling. 
 
 No whole vas(! was recovered. The sluM'ds (I''ig. 2:?) seem to belong mostly to oi»en bowls witha 
 sharp angle at the shotdder and wilh a sjjlaying rim, of approximately the same shape as the (ir:»y 
 Min\;iii bow Is descrilied abo\ c. i'he fabric is, however, mnch heavier than that of (!ray Minyan. 
 'I'lic i|ii.intity of ''Aigive Minyan" was small in comparison wilh that of liic (Iray. .\ whole 
 (restoi-edl vase of this type from Aijios may be seen in H. <'. II.. \XX, HMKi. p. ]'A. 
 
 ' Cf. I'liliinloiir Tlus.'i.thi, |i. 22:5. 
 3
 
 18 
 
 KORAKOU 
 
 Similar to this " Argivc Minyan" is a highly polished monochrome fabric generally black or red 
 in color. It is not so clearly an iinilalion of dray Minyan as tlic former. Two vessels of this 
 techniqne have been put together. 
 
 One (Fig. 24) is a deep bowl. Tlie profile of the side is a curve uj) to Ihe rim, w-hich s])lays 
 outward at an angle. M the jxjiiit of uircatcst diameter — alicmt h;df way down — arc two licavy 
 horizontal handles resembling enlarged lugs pierced with susi)ension holes. There is a small 
 raised base. The clay is fairly coarse, but the vase is well modelled. The suiface is covered with 
 a smoothly polished i)lack slij) without decoration. 
 
 The other (Fig. 25) is a wide shallow bowl. Like most of tlie Minyan vases it has a sharp angle 
 at the shoidder and a s])laying rim. At tlie slioulder is one thick liorizoutal handle of the same 
 shajie as the handle of the preceding bowl. In day and fabric t lie xcssel is ;dso similar to tlie bowl 
 
 ^ 
 
 I 
 
 FiotTRE 24. Deep Bowl of Black Mono- 
 chrome Ware, Mn)i)i,i; Hei.i.adic Pkhiod, 
 ('lass a II. 
 
 Figure 25. Shallow Bowl of Red Mon- 
 ochrome Ware, Middi.f, IIrli.adic Pkrioii, 
 Class A II. 
 
 just, described. The base is flat. A smoothly jiolislied red or reddish brown slip covers the bowl 
 both inside and out. This vessel served as the cover of a small ])itlios of Mattpainted ware used 
 for_an infant burial (cf. below p. 100). 
 
 III. Yellow ML7iyan.^ A good deal was foiuid of this excellent fabric produced from a finely 
 levigated buff or greenish yellow clay. Though many of these vases seem to be hand-made, a large 
 number were apparently turned on the wheel. The sm-face has a fine slip of the same color as the 
 clay and is usually smoothly polished, sometimes to the point of looking almost glazed. The 
 shapes are closely modelled on those of Gray Minyan. 
 
 1. Characteristic is a deep bowl with the same metallic profile as that seen in dray Minyan, 
 shape 1. There are two high-swimg ribbon handles. The base is often flat, but raised bases also 
 occur. 
 
 2. Eq\ially characteristic is a goblet on a high stem. The stem is sometimes ringed as in the 
 case of Gray Minyan goblets, and there are examples both of the nortluirn style (with many rings) 
 and of the soiithern style (with only one or two rings), the latter moi'e frequent than the former. 
 Far more common, however, is a rather lower plain stem without rings. There are generally two 
 vertical ribbon handles, but many of t he goblets have only one. These vascis are snraller t ban the 
 Gray Minyan goblets. 
 
 3. In a further development of shape 2 the angle at the shoulder disappears and the goblet has 
 a curved profile \i\i to the rim. The rim splays outward. There are two — in some cases only 
 
 ' Cf. B. S. A., XXII, p. 181.
 
 THE POTTERY 19 
 
 one-flat fibl)on handles representing a niidille step between the high-s^^■ung handles and the flat 
 loop handles of Gray Minyan ware. This graceful goblet is an important shape as a connecting 
 link between Minyan and Mycenaean ware; for it continues to be used well on into the Late 
 llelladio Period, where it appears with painted decoration in the Mycenaean style (for example see 
 Ephyracan Ware, p. 54 below). 
 
 4. Another shape of which a considerable number of fragments were found is a sort of ladle, 
 a shallow open cup will, flattened base, rounded profile, and an extremely high ribbon handle 
 
 (Fig. 26). 
 
 B. Mattpainted Ware' 
 
 The following three classes may be distinguished: 
 
 I. Coarse Ware. This ware is usually hand-made and the fabric is generally coarse. The 
 clay varies from pinkish Iniff to yellowish green in color and is not well levigated, being often very 
 unity. Simple geometric patterns are painted in rather broad careless lines directly on the sur- 
 
 FioTjHE 26. Ladles, Yellow Minyan Wark, Middlk IIeli.adk- rEiiiou, C'LA.iis .\ III. 
 
 face of the vase without the intervention of a tme slip. In some cases the surface shows no refine- 
 ment whatever, but sometimes it seems to be to a certain extent prepared. The paint is perfectly 
 matt, occurring in black, blackish brown, or brick red; a less common variety is i)uri)lisli l)lack, 
 and white seems also to have been used, though very rarely. 
 
 The patterns on the earliest vases of this class are almost exclusively angular (Fig. 27), but on 
 later specimens curvilinear designs predominate. Belts of lines, hatched triangles, circles, and 
 ccjncentric circles, which sometimes enclose a cross, are among the favorite patterns. There is a 
 marked liking for decoration in zones or panels. 
 
 1. Pithoi. There were many fragments of small pithoi similar to those found by Stais at 
 .\cgina and by Vollgraf at Argos.- In Figine 28 is shown a i)ithos of this t>'pe which was used for 
 I he bmial of two small infants. Though broken into many pieces, it was practically complete ami 
 has now l)een put together. It illustrates the characteristic shape of small storage jars of the 
 |ii ridd; small fiat base, low belly on which are set two massive horizontal handles, and broad flat 
 rim. Foiu' string-holes at. rcgidar intervals in the rim ajiparently served for ftistcning on a lid. 
 The decoration is also characteristic; it covers the ujiper two-thirds of the vessel, this space being 
 
 'Cf.iJ..S. ,4., XXII, pp. lS3ff. 
 
 » C'f. -E^. -Apx., lt<!t-), PI. X, 1, 2, 3, 4; /?. C. II., XXX, lOOf., p. 21, Tin. 24. Similar pitlioi were found by (he 
 German excavators at Orchomenoa, but arc still unpublished.
 
 20 
 
 KORAKOU 
 
 divided by iloulilc linos into oi}!;lit vertical panels. These panels are ucmiiicd alternately by two 
 crossed circles, one above the other, and by zigzag lines. The ])anels arc not, however, syniniet- 
 rieally arranged. 
 
 2. Hpouted bowls. Another common shape (Fig. 29) is a deep bowl with a spout. It has a 
 flat base and plain rim. No handle was ))reserved. So far as eoulil be observed this tyi)e of bowl 
 is almost invariably decorated in a uiiil'orni style. A iiand of ])ainf follows the rim. Based on 
 this band on each side between I he s])ont and the handle are two or t liree lar^c chevrons iiointing 
 
 Figure 27. JSherds of Early Mattpainted Ware, Middle Helladic Period, Class B I. 
 
 downward. These chevrons are drawn with a broad exterior line, while within are one or more 
 
 fine lines parallel to the outer line. Around the base of thesjioiit run two jiarallel lines of which 
 
 the outer sometimes has rays at intervals. 
 
 3. Basins. A fair mnnber of sherds belonged to shallow basins of the type shown in Figure 30. 
 
 From a flat base the sides of the basin spread widely outward to the shoulder, wh(>r(> there is an 
 
 angle or a short curve. Between this shoidder and the plain rim are two thick horizontal handles 
 
 opposite each other. The space between the shoidder and the rim, marked off bj' broad lines, 
 
 forms the decorated zone. The pattern is very simple, consisting merely of a series of St. Andrew's 
 
 crosses made of do\d)le lines. ^ 
 
 ' For a similar hasiu from Aegina see 'E<^. 'Apx-, ISO.'), PI. X, No. 7. The same type oeoiirs also at Argos, B. C. //., 
 XXX, 1906, pp. 22-2:J, Figs. 29, 30, and wa.s founcl by Wide at Aphidna, Alh. Milt, XXI, 1896, PI. XV, 4-6.
 
 THK POTTERY 
 
 21 
 
 KicuKK 28. Small I'itikis, .Maiti-ainted \\ auk, Middu; IIlllauu I'tiiiui), l'LA.•^.•^ II 1. 
 
 \ 
 
 KlUOKk; 'J'J. Si'uini;!) ISowi,, M ai-ii'aintkI) W mu., Miiini.i. Hi i.i.aiiic 1'kiiiuu, Claps U I.
 
 22 
 
 KORAKOU 
 
 k 
 
 
 Figure 30. Shallow Basin, Mattpainted \\'aue, Middle IIelladic Period, Class D I. 
 
 4. Beaked jugs. No whole s])eciiiHUi of this shape was recovered. Fif^ure 'SI shows part of a 
 beaked jug with the ui)])er two-thirds divided off into a zone decorated with cross-hatching and 
 parallel lines. 
 
 5. Water-jars. The upper part of a large water-jar was found (Fig. 32). Tlie body is not 
 roiuid in section Init more or less oval. This shape, liowever, seems to l)e due to intent rather 
 than to the accidents of firing. There is a long neck ending in a fairly wide mouth. Between 
 the neck and the shoulder are two small flat vertical handl(>s set ojjposilc each other at the ends, 
 
 \ 
 
 i 
 
 Figure ol. Ulakku Jug, Mattpainted Wake, Middle IIelladic Period, Class B I. 
 
 roughly, of the long axis of the jar, while lower down, about the middle of the i:)ody, are two larger 
 round horizontal handles at the ends of the short axis. The upper half onlj- is decorated with a 
 careless linear pattern in faint piu-plish black paint. Around the neck three parallel dashes are 
 repeated five times; this seems to be a careless version of the reversed sigma, 5, which, as will be 
 seen below, is a frequent motive on the ware of class II. This jar is very coarse in fabric, made 
 from unsifted clay, and exhibits much carelessness of finish. The surface, though extremely im- 
 even, is somewhat polished.
 
 THK POTTEIJY 
 
 2:i 
 
 l''iuuiiE oL'. \\ atlu-.Jah, Maiti'aintkd Wahi;, .Mieium. IIii.i.mih I'i.kiod, Ci.a.s;- \i I. 
 
 I'lic ((Miiuioiu'.sf foiiii of \v:it('i-jar, however, is round in cross-seetioii, iiiut-li like the same type of 
 v.isc ill I he Late Helhuhc I'eriotl. It lias a high, eoinijarativcly narrow iiecii, often witli concave 
 ])rofii(', which meets the l)ody iisuaiiy at a sharp 
 anslc- The hody widens out sharjily to its great- 
 est diainetci- t'aiil\- liijih U|i and then gradually 
 diminishes to ;i rather small l)ase. 'i'here arc two 
 tyjies: in one there is one larsje roimd vertical 
 handle cxtciidiii^i l'i<iiii llic slKiiiidcr to the rim 
 or just Ik'Iow it, while two short, Imt relatively 
 thick, horizontal handles, one on each side, are 
 set lower down one ([uarter way aromid the body 
 from tlie vertical handle: in the second type 
 there is no handle extending to the neck, hut 
 two small vertical lian<lles are set hijili on the 
 shoidder on oi)i)osile sides f)f the jar, and lower 
 down on the body are two horizontal loop handles 
 in the other axis of the vessel. The decoration 
 is luactically identical with that of the small 
 pit hoi describetl above, consislinn of triangles, 
 circles and crossed circles, and zigzags, frecpiently 
 arranged in alternating panels. There is gener- 
 ally a line of i)aiiit around the rim, two or three Vi,ivm: :W. Nkck ok Wuki.-.Iak, .M aiti-aintko 
 around the bottom of the neck, and a heavj- band W m(k, Mn>i>i.K IIki.ladic rKitioo, Cla.-^s H 1.
 
 24 
 
 Kf^T^AKor 
 
 or two alxnit tlio IxkIv at tlio lovcl of (lie lower haiullcs. Tlic dec-oral ion is liiniled lo I he space 
 ahove tliis hand. AHlioiigh more than t went >• necks were found ( Fifi. 33). il was nol possihle 
 to reconstruct coniplftcly a sinjtle watcr-jai-. 
 
 II. Fine Wdre. This ware is nmcli linei' Ihan llie precedinji.and the vases, often \vheel-inaih\ 
 are generally small. The clay is well relined, usually ImfY or yellowish fjreen in color. There is 
 almost always a slij) of the same tone as the day. In some eases it is ])oor, ijciufi rather soft and 
 powdery; in other cases it is harder and has received a certain aniovuit of polish. 
 
 The patterns (Figs. 34, 35, and 30; also Pi,.\te II, Xos. 1, 3, o, and 7; Pl.\ti-; 111, Nos. 1 to 4), 
 in a i)erfectly matt Mack or |nui)lish Mack, are for the most part curxilineai'. and apart from 
 
 
 m 
 
 
 3 -^ 
 8 
 
 \ 
 
 
 /J 
 
 ^^ 4 
 
 -■*'♦» 
 
 \ 
 
 13 
 
 Figure 34. Sherds of MattpAinted W'ahe, Cups, Middle Helladic Peuiod, Class B II. 
 
 spirals, concentric circles and half-circles, runnin<i cpiirks, wavy lines, etc., include also floral 
 designs, as well as representations of birds and animals. Minoan influence is very noticeable in 
 these patterns. Quite un-Minoan, however, is the belt of reversed sigmas, 5, which occurs re- 
 peatedly on these vases (Pl.\tic III, No. 4, Fig. 34, No. 1). 
 
 1. Cups. A niuuber of fragments of cups were fouiul (Fig. 34). The.se cups occur mainly in 
 three shapes: 
 
 (a) Goblets on a short stem. This is approximately the same shape; as those from Mycenae fig- 
 ured in Furtwangler and Loeschcke, Mi/kcniftchc Fo.sc/i (PL XXIV, Figs. 17li iind 177). No whole 
 vase was found at Korakou, but a number of fragments were easily identifiable (Fig. 34, No. 13).
 
 THE POTTERY 25 
 
 (]>) Dcpp (lips with convex sidcis (as tswii from llii' uuisiiU-; and raist-d liase. Tin- base is broader 
 than tliat of the shape just described and there is no real stem. This is approximately the same 
 as a very coiiinioii shape at Phylakopi.' Sherds from cups of this type found at Korakou may be 
 seen in Figure 'M, Nos. 2, 6, 11, and 14. 
 
 (c) Cups with concave sides (as seen from tlie outside) and a fiat base (Fig. 34, Nos. 3, 7, 8, 9, 
 and 12). A cup of this type, restored, is shown in Plate III, No. 4. It will be seen that this 
 is essentially the same shape as that of the gold cups from Vaphio, (jr perhaps more nearly the 
 Keftiu cup.- 
 
 ()n cuy)s of shapes (a) and (1)) the decoration is apparently always arranned in two panels. One 
 of tiicse is usually left ])lain or has only tlie simplest |)attern; the other, which is always to the right 
 of the hauille, has a more elaborate ornaiuent. The more ornamental panel is, therefore, on the 
 side of the I up whieli would he turned away from the person drinking, but visible to spectators. 
 In the case of shape (c), though the panelled arrangement is fre(|ucnt, there is often a pattern 
 rumiing entirely round the cup. The latter shape suggests prototypes of nu-tal. Some of the 
 sherds also show a metallic looking raised band around the middle of the cup; and a rivet-head 
 formed in clay is often present at the ]ioint wliere llie liandle joins the rim. 
 
 2. Beaked jugs. Among the other shapes recognized w'ere beaked jugs re.send)linK son>e\vliat 
 the jugs found at Phylakopi (Phijinkopi § 0, PI. XIV). No wiiole examples were recoveretl at 
 Korakou. The upper part of a jug with the handle and a portion of the neck was put together us 
 shown in Figtne 35, No. 3. This pot is like the vases from Phylakojii mentioned above also in the 
 faetthat it had two raised brcast-like projections just below the neck on the side opposite the lian- 
 dle. Spouts of these jugs were usually decorated with iiarallel lines, Bometimt>s supplemented liy a 
 |)air of dotted circles (Fig. 36, Nos. 4 and 0). 
 
 :>. ( (pen bowls both deep and shallow. These, judging by t he mnnber of fragments, were fairly 
 common. Some have the angular shoulder eliaracteristic of Oray Minyan ware; others have the 
 rounded profile which is more usual in Yellow ■Minyan. In both cases the shape is essentially Min- 
 yan (Fig.35, Nos. l,2,4;Fig. 30, Nos. 3,9, 13, 17; Pl.\tkII, Nos.Sand 7; Pl.\tk III, Nos. land 2). 
 
 The most frequently used i)atterns are comuH'ted spirals — both true and false spirals— and con- 
 cent ric half-circles dotted at the centre. Both of these patterns are familiar from Minoan ware 
 of tlie Middle Minoan Period in Crete.^ It is exactly these patterns that occur in the light-on-dark 
 style on the earliest sherds of Minoan technique— though certainly of Maiidand fabric- that ap- 
 liear at Korakou (cf. Class D I below, p. 32, and Pl.vtk II, Nos. 2, 4, ti, 8). In these Matt painted 
 vases, accordingly, which exhibit southern or Minoan patterns applied in local (Mainland) tech- 
 ni<iue to northern or Minyan shapes, we have clearly the forerunners of Mycenaean ware. Mino- 
 an influence may perhaps be surmised also in a few sherds which sIkjw floral i)atterns {V\Mv III, 
 No. 1). There are a number of badly shattered fragments with patterns which seem to ri-|)re.sent 
 claws of what were probably fantastic animals ( Fig. 3r), No. 10), ami tails of bir.ls ( Fig. 36, No. 14). 
 These evidently preserve a more y,einiine Maiidand tradition and may be considered as jiarallel 
 lo the bird-vases of Phylakopi. liiforl unalely the material at Korakou is too shattered to lie of 
 much \alue. 
 
 ' I'hijUikoiH, S '.), pp. Ill IT., Pis. XVI-XVII. 
 
 = Cf. li. S. A., XVI, FroiilispiiTc. 
 
 ' Chiefly M. M. ill; <f. li. S. A.. \, p. I.'., I'in. I, v atid «.
 
 26 
 
 KORAKOU 
 
 Figure 35. Sherds of MATTPA^^fTED Ware, Middle Helladic Period, Class B II. 
 
 10 
 
 /r 
 
 14 
 
 V. 
 
 % 
 
 FiGtTRE 36. Sherds of Mattpainted Wake, Middle Hell.vdic Period, Class B II.
 
 THIC POITERY j: 
 
 4. "rfolc-niouth" jars. Dcci) jais with small iiKjutli almost closed. Only a lew sll.■nl^ w.r.- 
 found (Fig. 35, Nos. 8 and 14). The shape, which is not a very eomnion one at Korakou (tlieru 
 were, iiowever, a numli( r of iiafiments of the same shape in the eontemporary Myeenaean leeh- 
 ni(iue; see below p. 34), seems to l)e elosely analogous to the "h(jle-in»»uthed jars" of Crete.' A 
 vase of a derived shape in Gray Minyan ware was found in the sixth shaft jtrave at Myeena.', 
 the earliest of the shaft Ki':ives.- 
 
 5. Amphorae. The upper part of a lar^e jar with narrow neck and moutli (jives an example 
 of the so-ealled amphora shape in the Mattpainted style (Fi«. 37). It is maile on the whi-ei,<if 
 refined elay, lirick rod in color, and the surface is jjolishcd. The design is put on in dull purple 
 
 KiGUHK 37. .Vmi'houa, M.nTi'AiNTKu W'aui;, Miuulk 1Ii:i,lai>ic I'kkiod, Cl.\.-s H II. 
 
 l)aint. On the shoulder are two small vertical handles. Between these on each side are two somi-- 
 what fantastic curvilinear motives filled in with cross-hatching (one of the four, perhajis i)y over- 
 sight of the decorator, shows only sim])le hatching).' 
 
 Two types of vases, which are comparatively rare, deserve to i>c meiiiioned here; they may 
 form a connecting link between wares of classes I and II, cond)ining the patterns of the former 
 with the fabric of the latter. 
 
 f). Cups of fine fabric with a profile of two opjrosite ciu'ves. The clay, which is pale, of a green- 
 ish tinge, is extremely well purified, and the vases are carefidly shaped with extraordinarily thin 
 walls. There is a flat base, antl the cup has one or two vertical ribbon handles which extend high 
 above the rim. The .surface is coated wit h a fine clay slip, sometimes iiolished, sometimes powdery, 
 on which is painted in dull purplish black paint an angular linear pattern in fine sure lines. This 
 sureness and delicacy of treatment, in striking contrast with the rather careless exec\ition of the 
 bulk of Mattpainted ware, suggests the i)ossil)ility that the.se cujjs may be of foreign origin. It 
 may be remarked, however, that the clay appears to be local, wiiiii- the general arrangement of 
 the decoration is practically the same as tiiat found in the shallow basins of eliuss I. No whole 
 example was obtained at Korakou. Figiue 38, however, shows a cup part ially restored from frag- 
 ments that came to light at Gonia. Ware similar to this was found by \ollgraf at Argos.* 
 
 ' Cf. li. S. A., IX, p. 30(), FiK. 0. 
 
 ' Cf. FurtwJiiiulor and f^oesclicke, M i/keiiLiclit Tlmuijefiissc, PI. X, No. .'lO. 
 
 » In tccluiique and fiuish tliis viisc scenis cXoavU nliidd Ici tlii> iKilyilironie fiil)rics dimu.-M'd uiiJir C'lrn* III Ulow. 
 
 * B. C. II., XXX, V.m\, p. 28, Figs. 50-53.
 
 28 
 
 K()1!AK()[T 
 
 7. Wi'll-inadr sliallow huwls of a type found also at Ar^os.' \'('iv few slicids were (lisc(i\('i('(l 
 at Korakoii. Tlicy show a fiin' fabric of well purified day, covorcd with a siuootii slip. Around 
 the up])er i)art of the howl runs a hand of decoration in dull pinpie iiaint. The i)attern, eonsistin;; 
 of a belt of lozenges arranged in pairs, point to point , is carefully executed. The lower part of the 
 vessel Ijelow tiie angle of tlie profile seems to carry a number of rays radiating from the base. In 
 shape these vases may be parallel to the later exami)li's in the scries of bowls from IMiylakopi.- 
 A sample sherd is given in Figure 30. 
 
 III. Poh/chioiiU' MaUpainlcd Ware.'' A third class of Mat I paint e(l ware is shaijily distinguished 
 from the two just deseribeil b\- I he fact that its decoi'ation is carried out in nolvchrome. As 
 
 FiciUKE 38. Cup of Fine F.\buic, Matt- 
 painted Ware, Middle Helladic Peiuod, 
 Class B II. 
 
 Fiuuke 39. Fracme.nt of .Shallow Howl, Matt- 
 '.UNTED Wahe, Middle Helladic Peuiod, Cla.-;s B II. 
 
 compared with the other two styles, sherds of this type were relatively few. The best of them 
 belong to wheel-made vases of excellent fabric. The biscuit is brick red or reddish buff in color, 
 while the surface is covered with a smooth sli]) of the same tone. The i)atterns are chiefly linear 
 (Figs. 40 and 41), such as bands of lines in ret! with black edging; broad wavy lines in red with 
 irregular edging of white or purple (Fig. 40, No. 1); tri- 
 angles or lozenges outlined in black with red filling (Fig. 
 41, No. 3), etc. In many cases, however, the upper part 
 of the vase was apparently divided into panels, each 
 containing a bird or some fantastic animal of which the 
 outline is painted in black and the body is filled in with 
 red. In all cases the paint is perfectly matt, and its lack 
 of lustre is emphasized by contrast with the polished 
 slip. Shapes that could be recognized are the following: 
 1. Beaked jugs. Fragments of five or six beaks were 
 found (Fig. 42). The jugs to which they belonged were 
 similar to the well-known jugs from the sixth shaft grave 
 
 ' B. C. //., XXX, 1900, p. 28, Figs. 47^9. 
 2 Cf. Phylakopi, § 1.5 and PI. 33. 
 'Cf.B.S..-l.,XXII,p. 185f. 
 
 Figure 42. Neck of Beaked .Iug, M.\tt- 
 PAiNTED Ware, Middle Helladic Period, 
 Class B III.
 
 THE potti-:ry 
 
 29 
 
 ^ 
 
 -X} 
 
 / 
 
 FioURF. 40. Sherds of Polyi'iikomi: Matti'aintki) Wauk. Miudi.k IIki.i.xdic I'kuioo, Class H 111. 
 
 ^^/«* "^•Tvvvv^^yw- 
 
 FlOUElK tl. SlIKIlKS OK I'ol.VilinoMi: MaTT1'AINTK.I> WmIK, MikDI.K IIkIJ.MUC I'KKIiID, fUA»!* H III.
 
 30 
 
 KORAKOU 
 
 at Mycenae.' There is also a similar jug from Phylakopi in the National Museum at Athens;'' and 
 a related (Cyeladic) type is represented among the finds from the Tem[)le Repositories at Cnossns.' 
 
 2. Large jars with fairly narrow mouth, similar to a jar from the sixth shaft grave at Mycenae.'' 
 
 3. Deep bowls with wide opening and he:iv>- Hal lini (Fig. 40, No. 1). 
 
 4. Shallow howls with angidar shoidder, splaying rim, and vcitiral rililioii handles. A 
 fragment of n rim of this type is ilhist rated in FigtU'e 43; the pidlile sccins clcarlN' takcMi from 
 Minyan ware. 
 
 In atldition to this fine polyehrome ware there is also ;i poorer faluic represented liy an 
 
 equal mnnber of siierds. These arc of varying 
 quality, ranging from good wheel-made specimens to 
 very coarse examples made by hand. The clay is 
 generally lighter than in the finer ware and is not so 
 well purified. The polished slip characteristic of the 
 fine ware is lacking, and the surface is not so smooth. 
 The ])aticrns are linear, prodiicccl in two colors, black 
 and red, the outline being most frequently done in 
 black with rcMl as the accessory for filling. ,\ few 
 sherds are nnich like the black and reil waic of Mclos.'' Tlic material at Korakou is too frag- 
 ment a i'\' III allow t lie rest oi'at ion of any shapes. Shallow bowls wit h I hick, (lat rims seem coniinon. 
 
 Figure 43. Rim of Shallow Bowl, Poly- 
 
 riinOMK M.VTTP.MNTED WaRE, MIDDLE HeI-- 
 
 LADic Period, Class R III. 
 
 FiouRE 44. DoMEsTir Vessel Suggestive of Mintan Origin, Middle Helladic Period, Group C. 
 
 C. Coarse Unpainted Domestic Ware 
 
 Along with the Mitiyan and Mattpainted fabrics described abfive there were manj' sherds be- 
 longing to coarse unpainted vessels used for domestic purposes. These for the most jiail. do not 
 
 ' Cf. Furtwiingler and Loesclicke, Mykenische Thoru/efdsse, Pl. VIII. 
 
 2 Cf. Phylakopi, p. 159. 
 
 3 Cf. B. S. A., IX, p. 150, Fig. 26, g. 
 
 * Cf. Furtwiingler and Loeschcke, Mykenische Thnngefdsse, PL IX. 
 ^ Phylakopi,^ 10, p. 118.
 
 THE POTTERY 
 
 31 
 
 (liffer iiuiteii;illy liom the household pots of the prcfcdiiiK or of the foUowmt: prn.«ls and their 
 datiiiR, therefore, depends chiefly upon their plaee in tlu- stralificiition. Primitive c<M>kint: over 
 an f)ii(ii fire does not tend to produce Rreat variety and specialization in forms. In the followiiifc 
 shapes which were rcM-ognized from the second stratum at Korakou the clay is extremely coarse 
 and the biscuit usually shows a brick red color: 
 
 1. Cooking pots of simple types, (lenerally the vessel is a fairly deep bowl with wide. 
 splaying rim. Specimens of both hiKh and low handles were found. The ve.s.sel shown in Figure 
 44, made of coarse grayish buff clay, by its profile .suggests the influence of Minyan ware in its 
 origin. In some cases the pot apparently stood on three short legs which allowed it U) be set 
 down over the fire. 
 
 2. Strainers. Three small strainers were foimd, all of coarse thick fabric (Fig. 45). One 
 (Fig. 45, No. 1) has a flat base, curved side, and splaying rim, while a thick loop handle extending 
 
 I 
 
 Figure 4.5. Stuaineiis. Domestic Wahe. Middi.k IIki.i.mik: Pkuiod, C'iHoup C. 
 
 vertically high above tlic rim is attached at one end to the rim and at the other to the shoulder of 
 the vessel. The base is perforated, and there is also one row of holes around the side of the pot 
 just ab()\-e the base. 
 
 The other two strainers are smaller but of equally coarse fabric. They have a flat base, straight 
 sides, and a heavy loop handle, both ends of which spring from the rim. The base is perforated. 
 Strainers may be a misleading liamc for these pots. Larg<! ones were j)erhai)s used as braziers for 
 small charcoal fires. 
 
 3. Jars. Small storage jars of pithos-shape were common (Fig. 4(>). They staml on n flat 
 base and their spreading sides curve inward again to form a short neck, from which rises a splaying 
 rim. There is no decoration save, perhaiis, the three or four iirojecling knobs .set at intervals 
 :ii(iiiiiil I he shoulder and taking the place of handles. 
 
 4. i'iilidi. I.;iige pilliiii of llie same cnaise fabric were in use. They have a very small— 
 sometimes pointed — base and were apparently intended to stand at least partially buried in the 
 earthen floor of the room in which they w(>re kept. Raised rope bands running aboni il..' b.-.K ..f 
 the i)il hos are the oidy form of decoration. Some of these i)ithoi are of huge size.
 
 32 
 
 KORAKOTT 
 
 D. Mainland Waiu: Corresponding to Fabrics ok tiii; Tiiini> Middle 
 
 MiNOAN Pkuiod 
 
 The i)ottci>- iiu'huli'd in this section belongs teelinically with the ware of the Late llelladie 
 Poriod: in the stratified deposit, however, it is found together with the hitor Minyan and Matt- 
 painted wai'<>s and nnisl aecordin;il>' lie eonsiderecl alonii with t hem in t he discussion ol' the Middle 
 llelladie Period. Though not very numerous these sherils are imijortant as re])resenting the 
 earliest " Mycenaean " vases in use at Korakou. These vases iTitroduced a iw\\ ti^'lmicjue, namely 
 the employment of lustrous paint as the decorative medium. The new teihni(|ue after its adoji- 
 tion rapidly forged ahead of the <ild methoil of <lecoration in matt paint an<l, having lieen <arri(nl 
 to a high degree of ]ierfection, eventually |>ro(luced the fiiiishecl Mycenaean wares of llie L:ile 
 
 FiGDRE 40. Small Stohahi-; .Iar.s, (.'oaksk Ware, .Muidlk IIei.lauk rKuioi), (Iroiti' C. 
 
 Helladic Period. The sherds in ciuestion represent a Mainland version corresponding to both the 
 light-on-dark and the dark-on-light styles of the Third Middle Minoan Period in Crete. 
 
 I. LigM-on-Dark . A number of typical sherds are show'u in Figure 47, four of which are re- 
 peated on Platj; II. These vases are wheel-made from carefully prepared buff or yellowish green 
 clay. The biscuit often shows pink at the core^ shading to buff at the surface. The surface is 
 covered with a coat of smooth lustrous paint, red or brownish black in color, on which are painted 
 curvilinear, geometric patterns in dull white. The patterns are commonly rumiing spirals or 
 double spirals, crossed circles, concentric half-circles, and belts of lines. A comparison of Figure 
 47 with Figures 35 and 36 will show the essential identity of these patterns with those on the Matt- 
 painted ware of class II; and on Plate II certain typical patterns of this group are shown side by 
 side in the two different technifiiies. The origin of these patterns is uiuloubtedly to be sought in 
 Crete (cf. above p. 25). Among the sherds there are a few which stand out by the excellence 
 of their fabric and paint. They are not, howevcu-, identical with the M. M. Ill fabrics of Crete and 
 are probably to be explained not as importations but as the best product of the best mainland 
 potters. Other sherds, of somewhat poorer fabric, made of yellowish green clay of the Corinthian 
 variety, are certainlj' of local niaiuifactiu'e. Quite without parallel, so far as I know, are a few
 
 THE POTTERY 
 
 33 
 
 odd sherdte vvhicli on a ])ii.kisl, icI Kionnd sIk.w liiu'ar patterns in white and l>lack-l.kek being 
 the accessory color, tised for laiKc loujid dots on the white lines (Platk III, No. 8). 
 The following shapes could he recognized: 
 
 1. Small roiind-l.odi.'d jii^rs will, fairly high necks and only one handle (cf. Figs. 47, No. 3; 48 
 
 No. 1). 
 
 2. Small rouMd-lKMliiMJ jars with narrow opening, resemi)ling the holc-nioutiied jars of Crete 
 (Fig. 47, No. 2). 
 
 3. Round howls with splaying rim. In some cases the side is rounded, in others angular 
 (Fig. 47, Nos. 5, 8, <J). 
 
 4. Small cups with straight or concave sides, of the general ty|)e of the gold cujjs from the 
 hccliivc tonih at \';ipliii) (the small sherd, Fig. 47, No. 14. helongs to this shape). 
 
 FniuiiB 47. Shkkds with Luarr Decok.\tion' on 1).\uk CiRocs'i), Minni.r IIki.i.a»ic I'kuiod, ("l.\.ss D 1. 
 
 1 1. l)nrl;-()it-Liii)il} ( 'la\- and rai)ric arc like the preceding, while the surface is slipi)ed. 'I"he 
 patterns, executed in hlack or l)iack-hrown against the light groiuid of the slip, are remarkahly 
 different from tiic preceding. Douhle spirals of the form so typical in the liglit-on-dark style do 
 not occur, and concentric half-circles are also um-cprcscntcd on these sherds. Instead we have 
 h;in<ls of round dots, small circh'S, dashes — or conventional leaves — and conventionalized olijecis 
 pcrliaps inraiii Inr sea-shells (Pi.\ii; 111. Nos. ."> and (i). There is also the net pattern (Fig. 4«.>, 
 Nos. 3, 8, and !t) wiiich hccomcs familiar on Late Ilclladi<' 1 vases and later; and .some sherds have 
 ' Figs. 48, No. 2; 4!).
 
 34 KORAKOU 
 
 a purely linear design not arranged in bands. One sherd, unfovtuuately rather small, seems to 
 have a fragiiu-nt of the nuining-ciuirk jKittern: and this, apart from two sherds decorated witli an 
 ordinary spiral (Fig. 40, Nos. I and 2), is, among the material available u]) to the present time, 
 the only connecting link in j)atteriis with tlie IJKht-on-dark style. .V small stemmed ^olilct (I'^ig. 
 48, No. 2) is covered with pdorly drawn dimhle ax<'s, anil a similar, liut V('r\- well drawn, design 
 recurs on another va.se, possibly a hole-mouthed jar (Pl.\tk III, No. 7). 
 
 Some of these sherds, namely those with bands of conventional sea-shells (Pl.\te III, Nos. 5 
 and ()) and with the net pattern (Fig. 49, Nos. 3, 8, and 9), are remarkable for their shiny glazed 
 sm'face. (piite difTerent from anything else found :i1 l\(ii;ik(iu. Apart fnim a few similar sh(>rds 
 
 Figure 4S. Part of HiGH-XErKED Jnc. with Light DEroR.'iTioN on D.\nK Ghotjkd, and Fragment of Stemmkd 
 Goblet in Dark-on- Light, Middle Helladit Period, (!lass D I and D IL 
 
 discovered at Tiryns, I know of examples from no other site. It may not be a local fabric in cil her 
 place, and is certainly not like any known Cretan variety. 
 The shapes, so far as they could be recognized, include: 
 
 1. Small jugs with squat body and fairly wide neck (Fig. 49, Xo. 3). 
 
 2. Small goblets on a stem (Fig. 48, No. 2). 
 
 3. Hole-mouthed jars (Fig. 49, Nos. 1 and 2). 
 
 4. Cups of the Vaphio or Keftiu shape (Pl.\te III, No. 6). 
 
 It will be seen that although the patterns are almost entirely different, the shapes are inactically 
 identical with those of the light-on-dark style. The difference in pattern may, of course, l)e due 
 merely to chance; not a very large number of these sherds was found. 
 
 Gray Minyan ware predominates in tlie lower levels of the second stratinn and seems, tlierefore, 
 to have been in general use during api)rf)ximately the first half of the period. Along with it occurs 
 Mattpainted wai'e of class I, and particularly of the angular linear style. Minyan is the fine pot- 
 tery of this time, while the coarser vessels are produced in the Mattpaintetl style. This period 
 might be called Middle Helladic I. 
 
 In the upper levels of the stratum, corresponding to the second half of the period, Gray Minyan 
 still occurs, but in diminishing quantities, while the amoinit of Yellow Minyan has grown to a 
 large proportion of the whole. Mattpainted ware of class I continues to be represented by numer-
 
 THE POTTERY 35 
 
 ous coarse pots, hut the pattonis are now ahiiost entirely curvilinear. .Mutipau.ted ware of class 
 II has likewise come into general use, and the vases of class III also belong here; while the " Myce- 
 naean" ware described above in p;rou|) D has made its initial appearance.. Thus in the second 
 half of the period the fine pottery is chiefly Yellow Minyan, Mattpainte.i ware of style II, and the 
 earliest Mycenaean ware; while the coarse pottery is Mattpainte.i ware of style I. Unpaintinl 
 domestic pots naturally occur at all times throughout the period. The name Middle Helladic II 
 may be used to designate this latter lialf of the .second period. 
 
 TlilliD STH.ATr.M- L.\TK HET.T.ADIf PERIOD 
 Mycenaean pottery is so familiar from the cxcavaiions at Mycenae and Tiryns an.l jmmerous 
 other sites on the Mainland that it might seem supertiuous at this time to offer a rletaile.l account 
 of tlic Mycenaean ware found at Korakou. Since the pioneer work of cla.ssification by Furt- 
 
 FiGDKE 49. Shkuds with D.MiK DEron.\TioN ON Light t!nocxi>. Middi.k Hkllaoic I'F.nion, C'i.as» I) II. 
 
 wiiriglcr and l.oeschcke nH)re than thirty years ago,' however, no re-exainination of Mycenaean 
 l>(illciv as a whiih' lias liiilicriii appeared. .\iid yet, during this same period, fresh mat I'rial for 
 such an investigation has come to light in increasing fiuanlities from almost all parts of the (Jreek 
 .Mainland, and the great discoveries in Crete have changed the whole basis of cla.-isificalion. The 
 Cretan system of il.issificat inn elaborated by Sir .\rlhur ICvan.s lia.s be«'n extended by many 
 aichaeologisls (o iin hide t lie lIcJL-idii' .Mainland as well. 
 ' MykenUche Thoiigvfdxne, lS7n, iind MykenUchr Vasen, 18SG.
 
 36 
 
 KORAKOU 
 
 But at practically all the Mainland sites which have up to the present been excavated, the series 
 was not found to be complete. Either no stratification was preserved al all, or a break in the 
 stratification caused sonic stage in the process of development to beiuirepreseiited. Consequently 
 no attenipt lias yet been made, nor was i1 hitherto, indeed, an easy unckutakint!;, to trace the evolu- 
 tion of Mycenaean potteiy on the Mainland, revise its classification, and establish more closely its 
 relation to the wares of Crete. Now, however, simi' the stratificil sequence at Korakou was un- 
 liroken and the com-se of develojiment of Mycenaean jiottery heie ajipears cl(>ar, it has sihuihvI 
 worth while, instead of stating merely that "a great deal of Mycenaean pottery of the well known 
 Late Minoan I, Late Minoan II, and Late Minoan III types was foiinfl," to give as complete a 
 description and classification as possible of the pottery- that actually came to light. 
 
 It has already been stated that the third stratum in certain of the pits exhibits three well- 
 marked layers which yield three styles of Mainland Mycenaean jiottery. Tt must be borne in 
 
 — «irn«w*««r 
 
 Figure 50. Sherds with Patterns of Spir.\ls, Late Helladic I. 
 
 mind that there is no sharp break in continuity from one of these stages to another. The whole 
 Late Helladic Period presents one continuous development. Each stage shades gradually and 
 spontaneously into the succeeding stage, and there are naturally manj' vases showing a transi- 
 tional character which it would be difficult to classify on one side or the other of a hard and fast 
 line. The three stages will be called Late Hellatlic I, II, and III, and are as follows: 
 
 L.\TE HELLADIC I 
 
 A. Painted Pottery 
 
 These vases are all wheel-made, in most cases, however, with a slight touch of carelessness in 
 
 the execution. The fabric is excellent. The clay is finely sifted and free from gritty particles. In 
 
 color it is almost always either yellowish green, of the kind typical in Corinthian vases of all periods, 
 
 or ]iinkish bufT; and in both cases the biscuit often appears pink at the core. The baking is well
 
 THE POTTERY 
 
 37 
 
 iloiif. The s\iif;Hc nl ilic va«' is covered with a smooth shp similar to the elay in color. The 
 p.iiiil is lustrous and <>t (iood (luality. In a consideralde nuinlier of cases the paint has partly 
 linked <ili ; this occuis aliimst cxchisively on vases made of yellowish green clay and is no doul>t 
 dtie to something in the nature of that clay which does not allow the paint to adhere with al>solnte 
 l)ermanency. Black paint, varying to l)rownish black, is always used on vases of yellowish (jreen 
 clay, while on vases of Iniff clay a good red is almost as freejuent as black. This distinction, 
 already noticed in tlic discussion of patterned ware of the Early Helladic Period (ef. above p. 9), 
 is so regular as to suggest the conclusion that it is due rather to .some technical limitation imposetl 
 
 
 MHH 4^^ 
 
 FlGURK ")1. SlIBRDS WITH Si'UtALlFOUM I'ATrEUNS, L.\TE HkLLADIC 1. 
 
 I)y (lie yellowi.sh green clay than to deliberate desi^rn. Whatever the cause, it is no doulil con- 
 nected with the other circumstance alluded to above, namely, that the black paint on yellowish 
 green vases easily Hakes off. In some instances fin buff clay) the patterns apjiear in black on one 
 side of the vase, graihially changing to red on the other. This gradation of colors, though gener- 
 ally irregidarly carried out, may in some cases be intentional. On the earlier vasrs sui>sidiary 
 (litails are often adiled in white. The patterns are largely, but not cxclu.sively, linear. In the 
 linear group the most freciuent are the spiral, a belt of ([uirks, groui)s of straight or wavy parallel 
 lines, and festoons. 
 
 This is the great period of the spiral. The spiral is usually fairly well drawn in a rather fine 
 line wliiili, start ini; Iroiii a large central eye, makes five, six, or seven or more revohitions In'fore it 
 lerniinates in the lirii.id line forming the circumference (cf. Fig. .'jO. Nos. 2, 3, -J, and 5). In
 
 38 KORAKOU 
 
 later examples the drawing is less careful and the central cj'e is often lacking, hut the miiulier of 
 revolutions remains aboiit the same (cf. Figs. 50, No. 1; 51, No. 6). Tlie spirals arc arranginl 
 in most cases in a hell filling a scone around the upper half of the vase. They arc conncctcil l)y 
 tangents or wavy lines, singly or in pairs, wliicli usually rise from near the base of one spiral and 
 extend to the top of (he next (Fig. 51). Quite typical nf Late Heliailic 1 \ascs arc tlic Iwn large 
 roimd dots placed one above and one below the tangent connecting each i)air of spirals ( I'ig. 56, 
 No. 2). These dots and the central eyes arc freciucntly pointed with wiiite and a row of small white 
 dots is also often super-added to the tangents or wavy lines connecting the spirals (Figs. 50, 
 No. 5; 51, No. 2). 
 
 Derived from the spiral is the pattern shown in Figure 51, No. 4. Here we have a series .of 
 pear-shaped objects, filled in witli cross-hatching, which arc connected by enclosing lines into a 
 spiraliforni system. 
 
 The running (|uirk i)attcrn, which, as wc haxc seen, occurs on Matti)aiulcd ware of class 11, 
 and on tlark-on-light as well as light-qn-dark Mainland wave corresponding to Middle Mi- 
 noan III, continues to ap])car in Late Helladic L In its simjjlest form it consists of a series of 
 unconnected, doubly curved lines or {piirks, each one overlapping the next, forming a belt around 
 the vase. In a more developed form the quirks are elaborated into simple tailed spirals, overlap- 
 ping but not coimected (Fig. 57, No. 1). In a further stage, finally, the tail of each spiral joins a 
 wavy line which encircles the vase and thus imites all the spirals into a connected system.' The 
 (piirk pattern regularly occurs in a belt around the uj^per part of the vase, which is sejiaratcd 
 from the lower part by one or more plain bands of paint (Fig. 57, No. 1). 
 
 Groups of parallel lines are frequently the only ornament, nnniing either in a veitical or a hori- 
 zontal direction. The latter is the more common variety. The great nnijority of the vases of 
 this period carry their main decoration in a zone around the upper part of the vessel, while the 
 lower part is marked off, and often occupied, by broad bands of paint, which varj' in number from 
 one to five or .six. In most cases these bands are rather careless free-hand productions; in only a 
 few instances do they seem to have been ])aintcil carefully while thc'vasc was revolving on tlu^ 
 wheel. Cups of the Vaphio or Keftiu shape have a typical pattern of this type (Plate IV, 
 No. 3; Figs. 53, No. 1, 4, 5, and G; 54). About the U])iier ]iart of the cup nm two or three jiarallcl 
 horizontal lines. Above and below this group is a row of rather shapeless dashes, which in some of 
 the better executed examples have roughly a crescent form and look as if they might be a conven- 
 tional rendering of lanceolate leaves. The whole pattern might then be a degenerate version 
 of the foliate sprays familiar on Minoan vases. 
 
 Parallel lines running vertically are arranged in a variety of ways. In some cases they are short, 
 
 filling a zone around the upper part of the vase, while the lower portion has the usual horizontal 
 
 bands (Fig. 56, No. 1). In another type the lines are longer and \isually wavy, antl occur I'ithcr 
 
 in groups of four, five, or six — in which case the groups are repeated at intervals around the body 
 
 of the vase (Fig. 57, No. 2) — or consecutively, filling the whole space available. Ornamentation 
 
 of this type is probably connected with the so-called ripple motive,- which on the Mainland 
 
 reaches its finest development in the tortoise-shell cups of the'Second Late Helladic Period (cf . 
 
 below p. 47). 
 
 ' Cf. Hall, The Di-rorativc Arl'oJ Crete in the Bronze Age, Fig. 4.5, p. 30. 
 2 Cf. Mackenzie, J. H. S., XXIII, 1903, p. 160 and PI. IV, 1-5.
 
 ( 
 
 ■1 
 
 FuiCRE 52. Sherds of Late Hell.vdk I Ware. 
 
 r.Oul ox 1KA,.MKN.-S ,.K CU.-S OK T.-K Va.-M.O .U KkKV.U SHV-E, I.AXE HeUU^U.. I.
 
 40 KORAKOU 
 
 Festoons soinotinics oecur in conjinu-tion with parallel lines, a row of festoons being inserted 
 between pairs of lines. In other cases a network of festoons fills the upper part of the vase (Fig. 
 53, No. 2). 
 
 Naturalistie designs arc eonsiilcrably rarer than the linear patterns described above. Floral 
 motives are the most frequent types of this class and include very naturalistic iv_\- leaves O'ig- o-^> 
 No. 10), grasses (Fig. 52, No. 2), ami a variety of flowers; while sea motives are also represeiitt'd. 
 Ratiier noteworthy is a sort of conventionalized double axe with curved blades. In the lioUow 
 between the blades, above and below, are two vertical dashes. This pattern seems to have been 
 repeated seviM-al times around the vase, the space between the axes being occupieil in one case by 
 the handle, and i« the others by three vertical parallel lines (Fig. 52, Nos. 1 and 4). 
 
 The most important shapes of vases of this First Late Helladic P(M-iod at Korakon are the 
 following: 
 
 1. Cups. Cups of the Vaphio or Keftiu shape,' which began to ajjpear in the Second Middle 
 Helladic Period among the Mattpainted wares of class II and in both styles of Mainland ware 
 
 Figure 54. Cns m nii: \ aimuo or Kefti0 Sh.'Vpe, Late Helladic I. 
 
 corresponding to Middle Minoan III (light-on-dark and dark-on-light), have now Ix'come very 
 numerous. The shape is strongly suggestive of a metallic prototype. The sharp angle of the 
 flat base with the side of the cup resembles work in metal. Furthermore, the raised ridge encircling 
 the midille of the cup seems a survival in clay of the joint where two thin plates of metal over- 
 lapped. There is, moreover, in a large number of these cups, at the point where the lower end of 
 the handle joins the body of the vase, a raised knob reminiscent of a metal rivet. Actual originals 
 in metal of this shape are of course well known, including the two famous gold cups from Vaphio,^ 
 though these are probably somewhat later in date. 
 
 The commonest form of decoration consists of the linear pattern which, as mentioned above, 
 suggests a highly conventional, foliate spray (Figs. 53, Nos. 1,4, 5, and 6; 54, Nos. 1 and 2). Run- 
 ning spirals also occur frequently (Fig. 53, Nos. 7, 8, and 9), while festoons (Fig. 53, No. 2) and 
 the ripple pattern (Fig. 53, No. 3) are somewhat less common. From the end of the First Late 
 
 ' For the sake of convenience the cups described above are referred to as "cups of tlie Vaphio sliape." It must 
 be admitted, however, that the sliapes are not absolutely identical. In tlie gold cups the concavity of the side, which 
 is so pronounced in the clay specimens, is very slight, but tliis maj' be due in part at least to their decoration in relief. 
 Essentially the shape seems to me to be the same. 
 
 ' ■E<i,. 'Apx., 1889, PI. 9.
 
 THE POTTKHV 
 
 41 
 
 llilladii' Pcridil nunc 1 hu cii|) sliowii in Figure oo, 
 witli a i)iii('ly linear decoration, and the fragment 
 illustialcd ill Fif^ure ol5, No. 10. which <-arries a zone 
 of iiatnrahstic ivy leaves. One fragment shows at 
 least two rows of rosettes. The bottom of these 
 eiipsis often adorned eitlier with a eirele, a crossed 
 i-iicle, or a spiral. 
 
 2. Siialliiw spreading teacups of fine fabric occur. 
 ( 'oiiiparatively flat and wide, they stand on a low 
 raised base. The rim splays outward, forming a 
 sharp angle with the side. The flat iooj) handle has 
 a iiietallic-lookinji' knob at its base. The regular 
 decora lion is a series of wcll-draw'n spirals connect e<l 
 by loops, or tnngcnts, or both. The eyes of the 
 spirals arc frequently, dotted with white, and a row 
 of while (lots may be added on the connecting loops. 
 but a few representative sherds are shown in Figure 51, Xos. 2, ',i, 7, and 8. 
 
 '.i. Deeper cups, or small bowls, with one handle are innnerous. Tiiey have inuncied sicle.- and 
 an angular, splaying rim. The decoration is usually spiraliform or floral (Fig. ol, Nos. 4 and (i). 
 
 4. Stemmed goblets. Numerous sherds were found belonging to small gol)lets on a low, rounti 
 stem. It will be clearly seen that this graceful shape is taken over directly from Minyan ware. 
 
 Kii;uiiE .55. Ci'i' WITH I.im.mi I )i.i uuation, 
 L.VFK IIkll.vuk; I. 
 
 There is no complete example availuljle. 
 
 . c 
 
 l'"iuuKE .50. .Stemmed Goblets, Laii. IIi.llaimi 1. 
 
 The fmu- goblets which have been ])ut together as shown in Figmrs .')l) and 'tl are in elTect vases 
 of Yellow Minyan decorated in Mycenaean style. Some examples have the angular protilc cliar- 
 acteristic of Gray Minyan; but a roiinde<l |>iuiile is far more euiiimnn, and i he latter becomes one 
 of the favorite shape.- of the First as well as the Second Laic ilelladic I'erio.i. Tiie decoration 
 
 includes ahnost all of the varieties menti '.I above, alihniigh linear molives arc nnu-li more 
 
 numerously represented than floral. 
 
 ."). .lugs. A large ntmiber of fragments lu-long to small jugs with •' cutaway " necks, tliat is, 
 the rear part of lheiie<k is cut down a( the point where t he handle i.s attached; or periiaps it would
 
 42 
 
 KOKAKOU 
 
 1)1^ more exact to say that tlu- tOrwaid part of t lie neck is pnilon.urd t n t'oiiii a vertical spinit . 'J'lie 
 luidy ami t lie neck are made separately and afterwards joined tojiel lier liy hand. In consetiuence 
 i>f this, the fal)rie is considerably thickened about the base of the neck and presents a very rou^jh 
 surface on the inside. As regards the decoration, the \ipper ])art of the body is usually embellished 
 with a l)elt of spirals, while the lower j)art remains un|)ainted. The siierds illustrated in Figure 
 50, Nos. 1 and ."), and Figure 51, No. 1, are from jugs of this shape. The pattern of a double 
 axe with curved blades also occurs (Fig. 52, No. 4). 
 
 6. Hole-mouthed jars. This shape is an inheritance from the preceding period, where it is 
 found in Mattjiainted fabrics, as well as in light-on-dark Mycenaean ware. Here there are very 
 
 FiGUHE 57. Ste.mmkd ('■(iblets. Late Hellauic I. 
 
 few sherds, barely enough in fact to establish the occiu'rence of the shape, whicii a|)i)arenliy lUed 
 out in lliis ])eriod; at least no example of a later date was found. 
 
 7. Scpiat bowls.' To the First Late Helladic Period belong the earliest examples of thesf|uat 
 bowl, which becomes a much favored shape in the following ])erioil and, iiuii'ed, in Late Helladic 
 III as well. Two types are here representeil. One has a wide liase, straight sides, and an angular 
 shoulder. The mouth is narrow and ha> a iiroad li]). while on the sloi)ing sjjace bclwcen the 
 shoulder and the neck are three small horizontal loop handles. The decoration is of various kinds. 
 Thus, in one example, the field above and l)elow the shoukler is merely filled in with small dots 
 (Fig. 52, No. 5); in another, the sloping upper part carries a belt of connected loops, while the 
 lower part (now broken away) apparently was ornamented with nothing more than a group 
 of parallel horizontal bands. These vases are very nicely made, with fine regular wheel-marks 
 showing on the inside. 
 
 The second type, of which not many examples were found, is the ordinary squat bowl which 
 becomes very common in the succeeding period (Late Helladic II). It has a curving side proceed- 
 ing from a broad Ijase to a narrow neck. One of these vases is decorated with heart-shaped leaves 
 and five-petalled flowers. 
 
 8. Two examples of a low vase resembling the squat bowl, but with only one vertical handle 
 
 — described under number 9 of the Second Late Helladic Period — were recognized. One is 
 
 ' This is the shape usually called "alabastron" by excavators: see Sir Arthur Evans, The Tomb of the Double Axes 
 and Associated Group (Archaeologia, LXV, 1914), p. 16 and PI. II.
 
 THE POTTERY 4:{ 
 
 (iin,iiii(ntp4 Willi ivy loaves (FIk- o'-', No. 3), tiie otluT has a liii.-ar (lc.-...ui,..n .uiimmihh ..i wavy 
 liiimls. 
 
 '.). In addition lo the above, liicii- wore a iiuiiiImt of fragiiK-iits of larger vases of wliii-li tlie 
 shapes coulil not easily l.e made (jiit. ( )ne of these shapes, however, seems (o be a deep ImjwI with 
 large side-spoilt. 
 
 B. U.N'P.M.NTKO \\ AKi; 
 
 Along with the painted pottery deserii)ed above, a great (luaiitity of uiipaiiited slierds of good 
 quality was found. A large proportion of the.se sherds belong to va.<es which are praitically identi- 
 cal with Yellow ^linyan (cf. p. 18 al)ove). The fabric ai)pears. however, to be growing finer and 
 
 I'lGUUE oH. I'.NrAl.NTKI) (lolll.KT, LaTK IIkL- 
 l.ADIC I, ('l,A.-iS U. 
 
 I'UiDKK .VJ. SlK.MMKll (ioHl.KT, Hl.A< K .\1<IM> 
 ('inil)MK W AKK. l.ATK Ib.l.l.MMi I. ('ilnil I' C 
 
 thill MIT. and the slip still snioollier and more like glaze. Turning lo I he >liape>, we liiid lliai ilie 
 stemmed goblet with rounded profile has almost entirely .s\ipplaiited that with angular profile. A 
 typical examjjle is shown in I'igtire 08. Other shapes well represented among lhe.se slienis are 
 the j-U!i with (III -away neck: a dippcicn ladle wit h one high ribbon handle: a deep bowl with small 
 side-sjjout ; and a liaiidleless cu|) wit li Hat bottom. 
 
 (". Mo.VOCHKOMK W.\KK 
 
 Sherds of red and black moiiochidme ware, which had begmi to ai)pear, ihougli in i-xtreniely 
 small (|uaii(iiies. tow^ird I he end of the .Middle Helladic Period, increase rai)idly in the early part 
 of the First Late Helladic straluiii until they become very immeroiis. The fabric is the same as 
 that of Yellow Minyan. Instead, however, of being finished with a fine slip, these vases are com- 
 pletely covered with a smooth coal of black or red i)aint of good <|Uality. In many casi-s uneven 
 firing has caused the red paint to tui 11 black in patches, thus i)roducing a mottled efTecJ. Shupwi 
 recognizecl were the following:
 
 44 
 
 KORAKOU 
 
 1. StcimiH'd fiuhlcts. Tlicse have oil luM- nmiidcd or aiiguhir profile of side. Tlu' larger ex- 
 aiiii)les have two ril>l)oii handles (Fig. 5'J). the smaller only one (Fig. (JO). 
 
 2. Dee]) bowls with two Hat loo]) handles jilaced vertically. 
 
 3. Large bowls of heavier fabric with a s])()ii( on one side liclwien the two handles. 
 
 D. (;l{A^ .Miw.w 
 
 Cray Minyan occurs, but has become extri'mely rare; only slightly more than two per cent of 
 the total number of sherds found belong here. 
 
 E. Matti'aintki) Wahi-; 
 
 Mattpaiuted ware of class II is foiuid,l)Ut is very rare. Sherds of class I, however, are niimerous. 
 They are, of course, of the ciu'vilinear style and belong chiefly to coarse vessels such as water- 
 jars and spouted bowls. They form about fifteen per cent ol the total number of fragments. 
 
 1'. DoMKSTic Pots 
 
 These include a variety of large, coarse vessels usually made of uiu'etined buff, yellowish green^ 
 or brick nvl clay. Among the shapes may be noted high-necked water-jars, tleep bowls, \u-ns on 
 
 1 
 
 FiouRE IJl). Stemmku Goulhts, Red Moinochhome \\'.\he (li, Black Mij.nochko.mk Wake (2), Late Helladic I, 
 
 Ghoup C. 
 
 a heavy stem, small jars or crocks on a small I'aised base, shallow basins, and sundry cooking i)ots 
 with one or two handles. Many of these vessels have a potter's mark stampeil or scratched in the 
 base, in a few cases on the handles. The marks consist of one, two, three, or more parallel dashes, 
 across (-ForX), or one ormore dots. 
 
 LATE HELLADIC II 
 
 This period marks the highest development of ceramic art at Korakou. Here we reach the 
 culmination of a process that had been going on since the second stage of the Middle Helladic 
 Period, the process of fusion of "Minyan" with Mycenaean art ; and the completion of that process 
 gives lis the finest results ever achieved by oin- local potters of KorakoTi. Graceful shapes and 
 naturalistic designs are here seen at their best, particidarly in "Ephyrean ware," described in 
 section B below. Before the period ends, however, it shows us the potter's art well started on its
 
 THE POTTERY 45 
 
 decline. Shortly after its highest stage of perfection was attained a pradual deterioration set in, 
 affecting both fabric and decoration; and, degenerating steadily, Mycenaean potter>- finally ter- 
 minated in the poorly made vases with lifeless, conventionalizerl designs of the end of the Thir.l 
 Late Helladic ( = Latc Minoan III) Period. 
 
 .\. P.\iNTED Pottery 
 The fabric is identical with that found in the First Late Helladic stage and the paint is also of 
 the same good quality and of the same colors. The use of white, however, as an aeces.sorv color 
 
 Figure 01. Smiud^ Illdsthatini; .■^piu.m.s, Latk IIki.ladic II, Cl.vvs .\. 
 
 is nowvery uncommon. In t lie decoration a still more noticeable change is evident in that natural- 
 istic designs liave become very much more common, wiiile linear patterns take a sccctmlary place. 
 ATMong the linear patterns the spiral still holds its own. The Late lleiladir II spiral, however. 
 is not so well mailc as thai of I he preceding period. The iciii r.il eye is fre(|Ucnlly lacking, and I hi-re 
 is a tendency to draw with a broader line wiiiih. making a smaller munber of revolutions, producer 
 a coarser effect (Eig. (il). On the otiicr hand there is sometimes a more artistic condiinalion of 
 spirals, .s\nh, for exanijjle, as that in Kiginc til. No. '2, where p.airs of spirals are joined together 
 by .1 broad line with a ])rojecting point, so as to form lieart-shaped leaves; or as that in Pi.atk V, 
 whcica iiioic comjilicated design is managed.
 
 46 
 
 KORAKOU 
 
 At least one exaini)li' of the niniiin^ (luirk iiattcrn rnu he shown (Via. 78, Xo. 1), and two or 
 three more were recorded. 
 
 Along with the traditional system of decoration in zones, from wliich the Corinthian artist was 
 only for a hrief time (Mnancii)ated, liorizontal hands, siiifily or in f!;roiips, continue to occur with 
 great fretiucncy, and when the spirit of naturalism has spent itself, to lie succeeded hy a general 
 decline, t he old zonal i)rinciple st ill survives and asserts itself again. But whereas in t heir better 
 (lavs horizontal hands ser\-cd nierel>- to mark off and emph.asizi' I he zone of main deeor.-il ion, they 
 
 Figure 62. Fragments of (.'rps of the Vaphio Shape, Late Hei.i.auk II. 
 
 sometimes become, in the degenerate vases introdru'ing the Third Late Helladic Period, them- 
 selves the main and, indeed, the only decoration. 
 
 The linear pattern on cujis of the \'a|)luo shape characteristic in Late Helladic I is still em|)loyed 
 hut has become somewhat more conventional. In the carli(>st examples, it will be renuMubei'cdi 
 the dashes branch off directly from the horizontal lines and suggest that the design is derived from 
 a foliate spray. In th(> case of Late Helladic II cups, however, the dashes are unattached, stand- 
 ing free in the middle of the zone between the groups of parallel horizontal lines (Plate IV, 
 No. 2). 
 
 The ripple motive finds its best expression in this period.' So far as could be noted at Korakou 
 
 ' The best examples of this rippled ware in Crete are practically a full period earlier than the cup.s of Late Ilelladio II 
 described above. The deep pits at Zakro yielded the finest Minoan specimens. \o adequate illustration of lliese has 
 yet been jniblished. but an idea of their appearance may be gained from ./. U.S., X.\ll, 1(102, PI. XII, Nos. 2 and 3.
 
 THE POTTERY ,- 
 
 il seems to he limilcl U, lups of the \apliio shape with very metallic i)rofile. Sume ..i iu,-i- 
 are extraordinarily well made of gray or terraeotta clay, and have their surface painted so a-s 
 to imitate tortoise shell or K'aiiied wof)d. An example in color is given in Platk IV. No. 6: 
 another in Figure 62, No. 10. 
 
 Festoons in narrow zones defineil hy horizontal lines sometim«>s occur on i\ip^ oi me \ apinu 
 shape (Fig. 62, No. 8). 
 
 A nunilK I of sherds sliow a scale or net pattern in which each section is Kenerallv emheliished 
 
 Figure 0.3. Sherds Illustrating P.atterns, L.\te Helladic II. 
 
 with a stalk (Fig. (i;5, No. II). This pattern, usually without the stalks, lieconiea a favorite 
 motive for filling in background in the Third Late Helladic Period. 
 
 'I'hr liiiest vases of this period :ire dcrorali-il willi ii:ilur;disl ic designs of which the great <'r part 
 .UT (il hci floral or taken from marine life. Among floral designs the most fretnient representations 
 are the iris, the lily, the crocus, ivy leaves, daisies, and other jilants not so easily identified. Sea- 
 weed, the octoi)us, and the nautilus ;ire tlie chief eienu'iits in the marine designs. l{o.<elt»»s, the 
 (louMe axe, and a Inillerlly |)ain'ra may also lie mentioned. In some ca.ses the entire .s\irfaee of 
 I lie vase is stippled so as to produce a speckled ctTect in reddish luown or brownish black, a result 
 which might be called t lie " thrush's egg" pattern. A conventional rock pattern or a field of dots 
 fre(iuently serves as background. 
 
 The shapes are essentially the same as in the preceding period with, however, some .slight difTer- 
 ences.
 
 4S 
 
 KORAKOU 
 
 1. Cups of tin- Viipliio shiipi'. A (■liaractoristic exaiiiple is shown in Platk IV, No. 2, whore 
 the .loconitioii is the or.linary Hnoar i.attorn. Tlio shenls in Figure G2 give specimens of other 
 (Irsinns. si>inils, festoons, tortoise shell, ivy leaves, a lily-like flower, ete. Except in the case of the 
 slierils with tortoise shell decoration, the sungeslion of prototypes in metal is not so pronounced 
 as it was in cups of the First iMc Helladic Period. 
 
 2. Small howls. Wide shallow teacups such as those which occurred in the preceding period 
 are no longer found. Instead there is a dc-epi-r cup, like a small howl in shajie, with one flat rihhon 
 handle. The shertl seen in Figure (i:i. No. '), with 1 he chnihle axe i)atterii. belongs to a cup of this 
 
 kind. 
 
 ;{. Deep howls. Deep howls with two handles are of frequent occurrence. Tin y are often of 
 coiisiderahl(> size, larger than in the I'irsi l.ate Helladic Period. Two good examples arc shown 
 
 FiGUUE tH. Fr.\g.\ilm or Laju.i. rwo-ii.\.\DLKD Howl, \.\ii. Ui.llauu U. 
 
 in Figures 64 and 65. The pattern of gracefully curving streamers is known from C'ret(\' from 
 Melos,^ atid from other sites on the Mainland.^ 
 
 4. Stemmed goblets. Stenuned goblets with one or two handles are numerous. The finest 
 of these goblets belong to a special class which is described iu detail in section B below; but ex- 
 amples of the ordinary variety both with one and with two handles may be given here (Figs. (Ki, 
 No. 1 ; 74, No. 2: 70, No. 1). The careless, conventionalized patterns indicate that these exami)les 
 fall into the later part of the period, when arti.stic feeling was on the decline. 
 
 5. Jugs with cut-away neck. This type, occurring first in Late Helladic I, is now still more 
 
 I U.S.A.. IX. p. 2S.5. FiR. .i. 
 ■li.S.A..\\ll. PI. XI. l(;:i. 
 ' E. g. Vapliio; "K.^. 'Apx • I"^*^'-'. I'l. 
 
 \... 1!).
 
 THE POTTERY 49 
 
 prevalent. Figure GO, X„. 2, gives an example on whieh, in a zone aWe a band of fonnalized 
 roek pattern, is painted a conventional niiuiiiiK plant. Another similar jug, re=.torcd as shown in 
 Figure G7, is irregularly speokled in reddish or re.ldiM. I.rown paint over the entire surface l)etween 
 the base an<l th,- ne.k. Two or three hold lines in blaek trail off rarelesslv from near the base of 
 the handle. This jug pn..luees a rather fine effect, to which the illustration .loes not do jitstice. 
 \ larjr.. nuinlur nt ,„.,ks or fragments of ne.-ks were found, as well a.s many pieces from the body 
 of jugs. Tliese latter can easily be recognize.l by the thickening r,f the fabric and the rough finish 
 of the interior in the neighborhood of the neck. 
 
 (). Plain jugs. These are similar to the va.ses just described but have a high neck of which 
 th.' rear |..,rli,m a.ljnming 1 Ur han.jl,. has not been cut away. The shape is not rare, though most 
 of these jugs have been broken ini.. small fragments. The example given in Figure 08. ver>- siniplv 
 
 FlOURK (>.'). FnAflMKNT OF Two-IIANDLED DeEP IklWL, L.\TE IIeLI.ADIC II. 
 
 ornanirniiil with three bmail lian<ls of paint, one each about the base, junction of body with neck, 
 and the rim, is typical. Tiie handle is usually set off by a number of broad, diagonal dashes. 
 Many of these jugs are entirely undccorated, the surface being covered merely with a smooth slip. 
 7. Pitchers. The handsome ewer reproduced in color in Pl,\tk \' belongs here. It is of iinich 
 finer fabric than the two foicgoing shai)es, being very thin and well baked. It is also conspii-uous 
 I'nr the gi'eat refi\ilaiiiy of the lines on the interior surface, formed as the vessel revolve*! on the 
 wheel in t hi process of manufacture. .V smooth even slip covers the exterior. The lower part of 
 the |)it(her is encircled by a broad banif with a narrower one above it. The main decoration 
 around I he body of 1 he vase consists of a design repeated three times but not symmetrically spaced. 
 The design is made up of two spirals side by side, connected by a broad line, al>ove and below 
 whii li is .111 iihjeei resembling a conventional lotus blo.s.som. Three waving streamers, which 
 S('em to ropres(!nt the en<ls of a ribiiun emerging from a knot below the handle, llulter downward 
 toward the base (Fig. O'.i;. 
 
 6
 
 no 
 
 KORAKOU 
 
 €. 
 
 FiorBE I'll' 
 
 \i\ii i> ( iiii I II \\ii Jr.. u rni ( r 
 
 \u \i \eck, Latk IIelladic II. 
 
 The junctimi of tlic Imdy witli I lie m-ck is marked by a raised ridge of sharp profile, below whieh 
 is painted a foliate bonier. The neck itself is decorated with a vertical linear pattern composed 
 of much elongated festoons down the centre of which r\ins a l)road stem. Opposite the handle a 
 sjiont i)rojects at an angle of approximately 45°. A band of jiaint follows the rim bolii inside and 
 out, and the exterior is further embellished by three transverse bands. From the toj) of the neck a 
 ridged ribbon h;indle bends down to the shoulder. The handle is ]iainted in solid color. The 
 
 paint is a ricli reddish brown which in 
 l)la('es darkens to brownish i)lnck. It is of 
 good (|Uality, tliougli some of it has flakeil 
 off, and was carefully aiijilicd. 
 
 Tlie sharp, raised ridge between the neck 
 and the body, the decoration of the neck, 
 which suggests relief work, and the rivet- 
 like knob at the base of the flat ridged 
 handle point strongly to a metal original as 
 the model from which our vase was made. 
 \'ases of similar shape have been found in 
 Attica* and also at Thebes.^ 
 
 8. Squat bowls. The squat bowl has 
 already been mentioned as making its first 
 a])pearance in Late Hclladi<' I (cf. j). 42 
 ajiove). Examples from Late llclladie II 
 are much more mmiei'ous, but the first 
 type with straight sides is represented liy 
 only one example. This exhibits a late 
 
 ' .\Iarl«)|i()iil.), 'V.^. 'Apx., l.Vl'), I'l. X, S. 
 ■ 'Apx. ^t\T., I'.IIT, p. 83, KifT. ."><(; p. 1.-).'), Fig. 1 Hi, 
 2; and p. 1!)!), I''ig. 143, 1. 
 
 I'KiUKE li". J 00 WITH CCT-AW.W Xec'K, StIPPLEIi 
 
 Decobation, Late IIeli.adr: II.
 
 THE POTTERY 
 
 style of decoration with carelessly drawn 
 connected spirals both above and below 
 the angle of the shoulder, and is not far 
 icnioved from the typical squat bowl of i he 
 Third Late Helladic Period.' The second 
 type is now the normal shape. The side 
 rises in a grad\ial inward cm'vc which begins 
 uluKisI (liiTctlv at I he wide basr anil Icrnii- 
 natcsal the narrow neck. The ni'ck, which 
 ends in a si)laying rim, is very short and 
 contributes to give t he vase its squat ajipear- 
 imcc. There aie three horizontal, round 
 looj) handles symmetrically placed some- 
 what above the middle line of the side. 
 
 The finest of tliese bowls were unfortunately too badly shattered to be restored. Fragme 
 at least three were found, whirh have as their main decoration a life-like octopus with a 
 
 I 
 
 i 
 
 FiouRE tw. Plain .Iug, Late Heli^dic II. 
 
 nts of 
 back- 
 
 FlOURK ()i). KWKU, SllDWINc. KlIlllDN tilts \\II.mHh.ii\\ lUsi.l.l, l.MI lU.l.l.AI.I. II. 
 
 ground of naturalistic seaweeil and rock (two sample sherds in Fig. ti:5, Xos. 7 and I'i). .Vnoilur 
 which is also of excelh-nt fabric was put together from a great number of fragments a.s shown in 
 FigiueTO, Xo. 2. This is decorated with a lonvenlional rock pattern against a background IiIUhI 
 ' Cf. Furtwangler and Loosclickc, Myk. Vtistii, I'l. IX, iw.
 
 52 KORAKOIT 
 
 in witli tlots, while. on the bottom is a eomplicate.l pattern of ciossinfi lines. .Ml I he loiegoing 
 are extremely well mH<le of a fine Kiay day, with jierfectly regular wheel-marks, ami 1 he iiaint is a 
 elear hlack of superior quality. Cretan influcnee is certainly strongly marked in these vases, 
 I hongli t In- fabric is not identical with the wares of Cnossus or Eastern ( 'rete. These vessels may 
 well he the work of Cretan i)otters estahlisheil on the mainland. 
 
 A snndler howl (Fig. 70, No. 1) has a difTcrent kind of de.sign, consisting of :i large coiivcnlioiial 
 heart-shaped leaf on a stalk, .set in the middle of each space between the handles. Around the 
 leaf, in<licating the background, are circidar clusters of dots. TJelow the design is a wavy band 
 reminiscent of rock |)attern. 
 
 A very small squat bo\^ foiuni^i a late grave of the Second Late Helhulic Period has no decora- 
 tion save a band of the familiar rock pattern (Fig. 74, No. 1). The black paini is much infiiidr to 
 that used on the preceding examples. 
 
 9. Squat jugs. Differing somewhat from the squat bowl arc the two vases of J'igurc 71. 
 They are not quite so sipiat in shaix- and they have Init one handle, which is flat and set vertically. 
 
 Figure 70. .'^qttat Howls, Late Hei.laimc II. 
 
 Rising from a rather snuill flat l)ase, the side of the vessel spreads-outward to the point of greatest 
 diameter, which is some distance above the base, before it curves inward again toward the narrow 
 neck. There is a high splaying rim. 
 
 The running design of ivj' leaves above a border of rock pattern on the jug in Figure 71, No. 
 2, is done in brick red paint shading on one side of the vase to black. This jug is strikingly sim- 
 ilar to the well known vase from the Maket tomb at Giu'ob in Egyjit.' The lily-like flower 
 repeated several times on the other vase is not so easy to i<lonl ify. The curly line at the l)ase of 
 the flower may perhaps be a conventional rendering of the inols. The color of the jiaint on (his 
 second vase is orange red. 
 
 10. Among the shapes of which not many fragments were fomid arc included small saucers 
 with floral decoration (Fig. 72); a diminutive mug ornamented with branches of leaves (Fig. 73, 
 No. 3); a little bird-shaped askos on which arc drawn ])lants rescml)lin.t; Inidding crocuses (Fig. 73, 
 No. 2); and a small spouted bowl with a basket handle, carryinga nnuiinK i|uirk jiattern around 
 
 'I'ctrie, nUihiin, Kahun and Gurob, PI. XXVI, 44. For the date see Hall, K S. /i. i-l., XXXI. j.. 1 tl, nnd /Ityean 
 Archaeology, p. 102.
 
 THE POTTERY 
 
 r,i 
 
 Vu.vuK 71. SiiUAT .lixis, Late IIkllai.k II. 
 
 
 Figure 72. Saucers, L.\te Helladic II. 
 
 Kiouui; 7:i. riiiiKK S.mm.i. \ v~i - iii..\i > i.u^w. •<>■■ tmk Skcom) Late Hi:i,hi>h' rriiinu.
 
 .VI KnllAKor 
 
 ils shoultlcr (FiK- ":*. N"- 1^' 'n>i''"f wi-ro also si-vnal fr:i;imciits ..f a .Iccii Ixiwl willi iiarmw iic.k 
 :iiul a stiinly s|i«.mI piojcflinn on oiu- sidt- jiisl la-low I lie rim. A /.oiii- aioiiml llic upiur i)ail of 
 tliis Viist- was .Ifcoratc.i wilii a tUiral pattern. A larni- imiiilicr of sIkt.Is also liuloiiMU'd to vcsscis 
 of which tin- shape t-oiilil not lu' niaiii.- out with i-i-rlainty. 
 
 IV ICniVH.VK.W \V.\KK-' 
 
 A niiniln-r of shenls were found— tht-y form two ami one-half per I'eiil of I lie total which fioni 
 liifir distinctive character in fahric and decoration deserve to be coiisi.lcud in a scparalc urou]). 
 This new kind of Mycenaean pottery was first distinnuished at Korakon (which may ))erhaps be 
 the Homeric Kphyra) and has for the sake of c<(nvenience been arbitrarily christened " l^ijhyraean 
 ware." An examination of the material in the National Museum at Athens has shown ihat this 
 
 KiCUKE 74. Two .S.M.\Ll. V'aSE.S KHOM .\ Cilt.WE OF THE SECOND LaTE HeLLADU' I'eUIOI). 
 
 ware occurs al I'hylakopi, Mjceaae, and the Argive lleraeuiu; and it was I'uund also in a rcci'nl, 
 excavation at Tiryns. 
 
 It seems — from the finds up to t he i)resen( I ime, al least — to lie limited to one shai)e, naniel\- a 
 deep two-haniUed goblet on a low stem. Goblets of the same form occurring in both the First 
 and Second Late Helladii' Pcribds have alrea<ly been discussed above (shape 4, i).41 ; and shape 4, 
 p. 48j, and it was jiointed out that they are imdoubteilly direct descendents of a charac- 
 teristic Minyan shape. Ephyracan vases are thus essentially Minjan ware treated in Mycenaean 
 technique. 
 
 These vases are made on the wheel, of tine clay which is regidarly some shade of buff or of 
 yellowish green. The biscuit frequently appears respectively pink or gray at the core. The 
 entire surface, interior as well as exterior, is coated with a smooth glaze-like slip of the same tone 
 as the clay. This slip forms the groiuid for the ajjplication of designs in good histious jjaint, 
 which in the case of vases made from buff clay is red, a rich reddish brown, or purple in color; in 
 the case of vases made from greenish yellow clay, brown, brownish black, or Vilack. The black 
 paint seems to be subject to flaking off much more easily than the other colors. 
 
 ' Tlip three la.st named diminutive vase.s wer^ found together with two others (Fig. 74) in a late grave of the Second 
 Laic Hflla.lic Period. (Cf. p. 102 below.) 
 'Cf.fi..S..l.,XXn, pp. l.S2f.
 
 THi; I'dTTKIJV 
 
 fiGUKK 75. Shekus of ICphyuakan Wauk, Latk Hklladu- U. 
 
 KltiUKE 70. SlIKltDS UK Kl-IIYKAKA.S W AKK WITH .NaUTILU.S 1)E.-*10N, LaTE IIkIX.\1>U II.
 
 56 KoKAKOU 
 
 ThouKli i.lluT iiii.tivi-s omir, Hoiiil dosifjiis arc tlu' iik.sI frc<iUfii(. Tlic l:ivi)iitc How.t is a lily 
 of !«.iiio sort, wlii.li usually consists of a pair of spiialifonu petals with three or four slaineiis 
 spriimiiiR lip hctwocn tiioi.i (Platks VI, No. 4 and VII, No. 1; also Fij-. 77). In sonic eases per- 
 haps the iris inay he meant. .\t the hottoni of the stalk from which it rises, roots are convention- 
 ally reiMcsenlcd. often heinn carried njiward in ^racoful curves on each side of the Howcr, generally 
 in two or three strands (Fig. 75, No. 1, and Pi..\te VII, No. 1). .\nother flower (Platk VII, No. 
 2) bears a strong rcsemhlance to a luiildinn crocus. Its centre is formed by a massive, swelling 
 bud, while on eitlu-r side grow five narrow leaves, itoots are indicated by two short, wavy lines 
 on each side at the bottom of the i)lant. .\ similar flower (Vig. 7."), Xo. 3) is complicated by the 
 addition of a broad leaf extended into a spiral below the narrow leaves. The large rosettes in 
 Figure 75, Nos. 2, 4, 5, and 7 (the last al.<o in colur. Pi.atk VI. No. 2) may i)i)ssibly be intended to 
 
 FiGDRE 77. ."^MALL OobLET OF EpHYUAEAN WaRE, LaTE HeLLADIC II (LARGELY HESTORATIOn). 
 
 rei)roiiuce daisies, although in this case there is no stalk to juake the iilentity certain. All these 
 flowers are rendered naturalistically, with a sufficient t(juch of conventionality, however, to make 
 an exact identification of theii species imi)ossible. 
 
 Another favorite design is the nautilus, of which the sherds in 1*l.\tk \'I, No. I anil Figure 70 
 give examples.* In the.se cases it may be remarked that on the early sherds (Fig. 76, Nos. 2 and 4) 
 the spiraliform arms of the nautilus are turned toward the right, while on the later fragments 
 the arms uniformly turn toward the left. If this difference is due merely to chance, the same 
 chance has deprived us of all sherds portraying the shell of the nautilus. 
 
 Chronologically latest in the series is the sherd (Plate VI, No. 3) on which is painted a 
 group of three connected spirals with free ends extended in wavy curves. This pattern may 
 be derived from the nautilus design. 
 
 The arrangement of the decoration is characteristically simi)le and tasteful. The painter has 
 set himself free from the limitations of a zone and disposes his motives in the most effective way. 
 There are no horizontal bands to confine his fancy. One large flower or rosette or nautilus is 
 
 ' For similar representations of the nautilus, which is a well known Mycenaean motive, see Furtwangler and Loesch- 
 cke, Mykenisclie Vasen, p. 80; also 'Apx- AeXr., l'.)17, pj). S.3, l.w, anil 199.
 
 Tin; I'OITKUV 
 
 placcil iiiidwiiy Ijulwucn the liaiidlcs on cacli side of the goblet. The stalk ■.! the i>hiiit reaehes 
 down almost to the stem of the goblet, while the fanciful roots curve upward and outward toward 
 the liaiidlcs. \\\wiv tiiis main design was not felt to be quite sufficient in proportion to the field, 
 a small rosette was adihid in the space between the flower and the handle (Fig. 75, No. 3). In a 
 few cases, however, instead of one large flower, two or three smaller blossoms ornanientetl the 
 side of the goblet. .\n examitle of this method may be seen in Figure 77. Under each handle 
 tiiere is a characteristic (luirk or flourish. Often it consists of three short, wavy lines springing 
 from a <'oiuiii()n point ; i)ut frequently these lines are divided each inln two branches, thus form- 
 ing three chevrons, one above the other (Fig. 75, Nos. 1 and 
 ()). There is no further decoration. One of the striking 
 features of this ware is that the rim is (piitc unpainted; and 
 tiic iiasc likewise has no ])aiiit added to its glaze-like slip. 
 
 These goblets were in a liadly shattered condition, anil in 
 spite of much effort it wa.s not possible to put together more 
 t ban three, and they hail in part to be restored in [)laster (Fig. 
 77; 1'l.\te VII, Nos. I and 2). Nevertheless, they serve to 
 give an adequate idea of the pleasing ctTect of l\])hyraeaii 
 va>e>, an ctfect due to tiie iiarnioniuus cnmbiMation of gracefid 
 .^lia])!' and a decoiation wliieii unites freedom of fancy with 
 simplicity anil moileration of execution. 
 
 ('. FiN'K I'.NPAIXTKU W.VHi; 
 
 Fine \mj)ainted jxittery of yellowish bull' or yellowish green 
 
 l"u;CI(K 7S. I'nI'MSTKIi (ioHl.KI WITH 
 
 Dm; IIandlk. I.,ate 11i:ll.\i>i<' II. 
 
 clay, which, as we have seen, was very conunon in the first 
 
 stage of the Late llelladic Period, continues to present itself in large (jinintities in the second 
 stage. There is no appreriaMc dilTeninc in the fabric. Some of these slierds, however, which 
 show an extraordinarily smooth, glaze-Hke sli]), maybe from the undecorated parts of Kj)hyraean 
 goblets. This ware is, of course, the Late IfelLidic version of Yellow Minyan. 
 
 FiGURK 79. Two N'asks khom a Latk t;uAV»;, I.^te IIeulakk II.
 
 KOHAKHU 
 
 KlliUKK >^ll. I'l \T\ rsi'MNTKl) .lou, LaTK HeLLADU: 11 
 
 liijuiu; &1. SHALLOW Cui's OK UisHES, UNTAivriiU Wake. Late Heelauic 11.
 
 'I'lll'; I'OTTKKY .Vj 
 
 'I'lic lOiniiKiii f^lKipcs aif the .<tciiiiiKMl nolilct witli one or two liuiidlcs (l-ig. 7h,., lii.- jnu with 
 iul-:iw;i.v luck (Fifi. 70, No. 2), or a plain jiifj; with straiglit neck (Fij;. 80). Anotlu-r fn-.nu'nt 
 .-^hape is a small liamllclcss cup. <ir deep dish, with .sliKhlly convex sides (Fig. 81). It is gener- 
 ally not very caniiilly made and the slip is not veiy smoothly polished. Tlie bottom is almost 
 always niarke<l by the lines of the string which Severed the cup from the wheel on which it was 
 thrown.' Fragments of a few ladles or cups with one hi^li rililion handle were also noted. 
 
 1). Mo.\OtHHO.MK \V.\Kt 
 
 l\((l and liiack monochrome wari! is somewhat more common here than in the I'irst Late 
 llcUadic Pciiiid, and the (luantity of red slightly exceeds that <»f black. Fabrics and shapes are the 
 same as Ijcfurc Tiic slcmiiicd tinliiit is, however, deeper anil narrower than the iOphyrueaii goblet. 
 
 E. Mi.w.w Wahk 
 
 (Jray Minyan has almost disapixared in the Second Late Helladic Period, sujtplying only a 
 trlHe more than one jM'r cent of the total number of sherds found. 
 
 F. M.vrri'Aixi Ki) Waki; 
 
 Coarse Mattpainlci! ware; still pcisists, bul lis pi(i|)orlioM as cdnipan-il with the other faliries 
 has I'allcii ti) ciglil per cent. These sherds arc piactically all trnm large jars. 
 
 (I. Domestic Vessels 
 
 Domestic pots are of the same sliapcs as those noticed in the I''irsl Late Helladic Period. No 
 whole vessel'was obtained. Some of the cooking pots stood on three legs. 
 
 I'ltlUllE SI'. I'Kdl lE.ls (M Kims ( TIIK tOUIlTO THE I.KIT L.\TK MeLL.MHi II, TIIK KOUII T«J TIIK llUillT LaTK 
 
 Helladic IIli. 
 
 L.VTE IIKI.L.VDIC HI 
 
 A. Painted Pottehy 
 
 Thr painted pottery of the Third Late Helladic stage at Korakou is the familiar .Mycenaean or 
 Laic Minoan 111 ware, well known from mnnerous other sili's on the Creek Mainland and in 
 Crete, as well as from Tel lil .\marna in l':g>-l)t. Ti-chmcally this ware is as a wholi- ver>- gtMMJ. 
 riie fabric is fine, the vases are well formed and well baked, and the .surface is in most eiww coHtwl 
 
 K'f. UawkiiLS, J. II. N., .\.\III, I'.HKi. p. -'f.t, l-in- -'.
 
 tiU 
 
 KnKAKOU 
 
 Figure 83. Deep Bowl, Late 11i;i,lai)Ii III. 
 
 
 <^filh 
 
 Figure 84. Large Deep Bowl, Late Helladk: III.
 
 THE POTTERY Gl 
 
 with a gok, even slip. It must be admitted, too, that there is still a certain i;, a, •.■■,. ll,.•^^ i„ ...lue 
 of the shapes, sucli, for example, as that of the higli-steinracd cyUx. Tiie decoration, however, lias 
 suffered the full effects of the artistic decline which we saw beginning in the Second Ljitv Helladic 
 P(Mi()<i. Freshness and freedom of naturalistic design, which were seen at their best in Kphyraean 
 ware, have now, after their brief juscenflancy, completely vanishe<l. The old zoniil system of 
 ornamentation has resumed its sway, and tlie decoration itself has for th.- most part ilegenerated 
 into hopelessly conventionalized geometrical patterns. 
 
 These patterns are frequently arranged in panels, one or two or more on each side of the vase, 
 separated from each other, or bordered, by groups of verticjil lines. These lines are often fringed 
 with a net pattern, while within them is in many ca.ses a vertical si)ace filled with an upright row 
 of zigzags, lozenges, circles, or other geometrical figiires.' This panelled d(!coration is sojnetijnes 
 known as the '•metoi^e style." It is chiefly associated with the typical crater or deep Jm>wI 
 
 Figure So. Dekp Bowls iLLUSTUATiNf; Typkat. Dkcoration, Latk IIkli.aiiic III. 
 
 (slinpc 1 below) on which the earliest Late Heliaijii' III rxM'iiple.s occur; ami it is well adajiteil to 
 the surface to be decorated on vases of this form, liut the panelled system of decoration was also 
 extended to vases of other shapes, such as the jar described under nund)cr 17 below,- th(> high- 
 stemmed cylix, and jugs like that from Thebes fiiriniNl b\- K'cr.iMioponllos in ' A/i\ni(iXo->i*oi' AtXrioi' 
 III, 1917, p. 103, Fig. 121, 8. 
 
 The spiral, along with its derivatives, be(^ojnes again the l('a<ling decorative motive. Floral 
 and marine motives do, indeed, still ai)pear, but they aio usually remlered in a lifeless manner, 
 highly formalized and debased. Standing out in consi)icui)Us contra.st with the onliiiary ty])ical 
 styles are a few vases in the so-called "clo.se" style, which often show a finer toui-h. Thesi' may 
 ])erli;ii)s have been iiroduced umler foreign influence. ))os.sibly from Kg>'pl. Here the painter, 
 insi)ir(il by luinor racui, has set himself to fill all available space with complicated geometric pat- 
 liMiis, frecpiently liuilt uj) of rosettes; and Ik^ lias also a noticeable liking for strange and curious 
 .•Kjuatic birds in his main design. \ greatiT contnu-^t thin exists bi-tween vases of this close style 
 
 ' Well illustrated In Furtwiinglor ami I-cicsclicke, Miikeninchc Viincn, I'Is. X.XNIll, \.\\1\ . XX.XV, rlr. 
 » 'Apx- At\T., Ill, 1<»17, p. 192, Fig. i:{7, a. double jar from 'I'liflKis.
 
 (J2 KORAK(^U 
 
 ami ti.e wmplt-. tasteful Kphyracan p.blets of the Sec-oiul Late Helhulic- Poriod cmuI.I Iku.IIv he 
 
 iniagiiied. 
 
 Ill this prri.ul the inlcii..!- <.f tl.c vase is almost always painted, usually brownish blaek in color. 
 This .lifters from the custom of the prece.linji i.erio.ls, wlu-n 1 he inside of the vases was, in all but 
 the rarest eases, left unpainted. 
 
 A change in shape is also noticeable. Stenuued poblt^ts, jups with cut-away necks, and eups of 
 the Vajihi.. shape are no lonKcr foiuid. On the other hand, n.-w lyjies are seen in the cylix on a 
 hi^h stem, the typical Late Hella<lic III bowl, and the slirru)) vase. The form of the rim in Late 
 lirlla.iic III va.ses is characi eristic. The splaying. Hat rim willi metallic profile whicli was almost 
 universal in the First ami .•Second l.al.' iiclladic Periods, has ciilinly disappeared. Instead, in 
 
 Fluiia. .~^^). I'lii' Kiiwi. I )i.i'oii m-i;|) in riii; <'i.i)>i: ,<tvm;. I. mi; I Ipm.laihi' III 
 
 its new shape, the rim is no longer emphasized, being formed simi)ly by a continuation of the side 
 of the vase in a slight outward cinve. In Figure 82 are shown the profiles of a few typical ex- 
 amples. The fom- to the left are from Late Helladie II vases, the four to the right from Late 
 Helladir lU. Larger vases have a thicker rim with fi.it leiiecl t(i|). btit its projection beyond the 
 wall of the vessel is compaiali\i'l\' slight. The wide. Hal, lililmn handle, likewise, which was so 
 often employed in the jtrevious periods, now rarely, if ever, iiresents itself, having been supplanted 
 largely by a small loop handle. Late Helladie III jiottery seems much farther removed from 
 originals in metal than was the ca.se in Late Helladie II and earlier. 
 
 The following list inqludes the ])iincipal shapes foniid at Korakou: 
 
 1 . Deep bowls or craters. A deep bowl with two round horizontal handles, of the type shown 
 in Figure 8.3, is one of the conunonest aiul most characteristic vases of the Third Late Helladie 
 Period. Though usually not very large, it is in some ctises of considerable size (Fig. 84; the War-
 
 TTIE POTTERY 
 
 oa 
 
 rior vase ^oin Myicnac is also of this shape). The upper half or two-lhinls of the va«e, within 
 a zone (l(>liinited by a hand or l»ands, carries the (k-coration, whieh is most coinmonly a linear 
 pattern, such as the spiral or some motive derived from the spiral (Fig. 85). 
 
 The large vessel already mentioned (Fig. 84) has a more elahorate design, consisting of a net- 
 work pattern which is enlivened by the in.sertion of two concentric half-circles in each section. 
 This vase lulmifis to the earlier part of the Third l.ai.' Ilclladic Period. Broken up into small 
 fragments, it was used to pave a heart ii in a house which dates from the end of the period. 
 
 The close style of decoration is re]ircscnte(l l.y 
 tlic howl shown in Figure Sti. Here two carefully 
 drawn, though cnm'cntioiial, aijuatic birds in sep- 
 arated panels face each other on each side of the 
 vessel between the handles. The iiackground i> 
 partly filled in with a net pattern. 
 
 2. Shallow bowls. .\ shallower type of bowl is 
 iiiusiiatcd in l''igurc 87, and a large example of the 
 same type may be seen in Figiu-e 88. The two flat 
 loop handles set horizontally, with their centre 
 l)in(hed out to form an angU', are jiecidiar. The 
 dccoratiiin consists merely of a few bands of paint 
 insiile. as well as on the exterior. 
 
 ;}. Shallow basins. .\ shallow basin of rather 
 tliirk f.iiirii- is shown in Figure 89. It has a heavy, overhanging rim, and there an- two 
 lioiizontal, niunii loop handles. Three broad bands of paint, which have now almost entirely 
 ll:iki'il ofV, ;irc' t Ik' sole oriianicnt . 
 
 I. Spouicd liowls. These are ilccj) howls resembling shape 1, but with heavy, vertical band 
 liaiidles, and a large spout in the middle of one side. No conii)letc decorated examples were found, 
 the spcM'iinen in I''igure '.10 iieing of red monochrome ware. 
 
 ."). ( 'raters on a stem. The large crater shown in Figure 91 is sindlar to howls of type 1 above 
 in shape, .hut h.is two vertical ribbon handles and slamls on a low stem of solid proportions. The 
 li.indlcs are flattened on top, iierhaps to form a tliumh-rcst. The decoration, in a zone aixnit 
 
 Fi<;ciikS7. .Small •■^iiAi.unv Uowl with 1'is<hki>- 
 oHT Handlks, Late Helladic III. 
 
 Ficuui; ss. 1,ai((m: Shalldw linwi. wnii I'incjiek-oct 11a.\i>u>, Latk Ib.i.i.MH' 111
 
 fil 
 
 KORAKOU 
 
 FiouRK Mt. Sn,vLi/OW Basin, Latk Heli.adk III. 
 
 the upper part of the vase, consists of a conventionalized flower or plant with a wavy streanier on 
 either side.' 
 
 f). Bowl-sliapod cups. In Figure 02 is shown a small cup of the typical howl-shape, with one .^ 
 vertical flat loo]) handle. The decoration is limited to one band of paint alonf; the rim. V 
 
 7. Cups with annular i)rofile. ("ups w'ith a profile of two opposite curves, the lower \Mvi being { 
 convex. I he iip|>cr <'oncave, as seen from the outside, were not rare. Some of I licsc ciijis arc liandic- 
 
 "^rsB 
 
 FinuRE IK). Spouted Bowl. IIkd Monochkomk Ware, Late Helladic III. 
 
 less; others have a vertical flat loop handle carried uj) high above the rim (Fig. 93). In some cases 
 
 the upper concave zone is covered with paint, while the lower part is left impainted. Many of 
 
 these cups, however, are ('oated all over with red or brownish black jtaint. There is no further 
 
 decoration. 
 
 8. Stenuueil cylixes. The cylix on a high stem is one of the most characteristic vases of the 
 
 Third Late Helladic Period. The examjiles offered in Figiu'es 94 and 95 give a good idea of the 
 
 shape. In the ordinary lyi)c the stem is slender and (all, while the cu]i is rather shallow ; a certain 
 
 'A similar crater from Sphet.tos in .\tlica is sliowii in >>. Wpx-, 189.5, PI. 10, 0. ('f. also Furtwiingler and 
 Loeschckc, Mykenisfhe ViLien, PI. XXXI, No. 297.
 
 THE POTTERY 
 
 65 
 
 variation*!!! the proportions seems, however, to be per!nitted. The handles are thin and small, 
 licndiiiji: in a rather narrow, vortical loop from the rim down to the middle of the body. Many of 
 these cylixcs nio cxtremch- well in;uli, and their slender, graceful proportions produce a pleasing 
 effect. 
 
 The stcDi is very fiequcuitly ornamented Ijy a number of painted bands— a fact which inri.uscs 
 the p()ssil)i]ity, iiheady suggested by general similarity in shape, that the Laic Hclladic III cylix 
 niiiy be (Iciivcd iK.ni the Minyan goblet; for the painted bands are a graphic ccpiivalent of the 
 
 Figure 91. Crater on Short Stkm, Latk IlELLAPir III. 
 
 rings executed in relief on the stems of Alinyan goblets. At the same lime it must be admitteil 
 that the non-appearance of these raised rings, as well as of the painted bands, on vases of Ihe First 
 and Second Late Helladic Periods, and the infinitesimal amount of genuine Gray Minyan ware 
 still found in the Tiiird Late Helladic Period present a 
 serious difficulty in the way of accepting this theorj' with- 
 out further evidence. 
 
 The upper part of the cylix is iisiially decoratetl merely 
 with paralU'l bands of paint. Another common form of 
 decoration, however, is a degenerate rendering of the muivx 
 or triton-shell, repeated several times on each side of the 
 vase. Li a few cases the entire cylix is done in mono- 
 chrome paint. 
 
 9. "Canthanis." A cylix of somewhat dilTeient shape, 
 rcMiinding one of the classical cantharus, is shown in Figure 
 lit). Here the stem is shorter, and the handles ai'e carried 
 !ip in a loo]) high above the rim. This cj'lix is nnpainted.' 
 
 ' Kor .a similar v.nso finm 'Pliclir.'), rf. 'Ap\. ItXr., 1917, p. l.')l, I'ig. 1 15, 
 5; p. 182, Fig. VM),>. 
 
 Figure 92. Huxvl-shai-kd Vvr, l^m 
 IIelladic III.
 
 (i)> 
 
 KORAKOU 
 
 ^^T^ 
 
 FiocRE 4)3. Cups with Thofile of Two Opposite Curves, Latf. Hki.i.auk III. 
 
 FianRE 94. Group of Cyli.\es from IIousk 1', Latk IIklladic III. 
 
 y< 
 
 L 
 
 ^ 
 
 I 
 I 
 I 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 Figurf, 9.'). I wij ( YLiXF.s FiioM HousE H, Latk IIelladic hi.
 
 THE POTTERY 
 
 67 
 
 10. Sftiall jugs. Tlic small jug of Figure 96, No. 2, is verj" mui-li like jugs that were in use in 
 the preceding perio.l. Its .sole tlecoiatiou consists of four bands of paint, one each around the 
 rim and the base of the neck and a pair ai)out the middle of the body. 
 
 11. .lugs with basket handles. A shape represented for the first imic ai Korakou in the 
 riiinl Late Helladic Period is a jug with a basket handle and with a spout projcctiim from 
 
 Ficjuiii: 1)1). CvLi.\ umi llh.ii llwi'i.i- wu .Small .Iuu, L.\te IIell.vuic 111. 
 
 one side. T^csides the ('xami)l(' given in Figiu'e 97, No. 1, another (|uite similar specimen was 
 put together. Both are of rather thick fabric, though fairly well made. In one the upper half 
 of the body is coated with brownish black paint, the lower part being left unpainted; in the 
 other three bands of paint about the body and one around the neck are the only decoration. 
 
 I 
 I 
 I 
 
 I 
 I 
 
 FmUKK 97. .Il>i Willi IVvsKKF ll.\NDLE AND .\sKOS, LaTK IIkLLM'I' 111
 
 08 
 
 KORAKOU 
 
 FiaoRE 98. Jar with Vovr Handles, Latk Hellai>i(' III. 
 
 Figure 99. Stirrup Vase, Late IIelladic 111.
 
 riii; i*t)TTi;i{Y 69 
 
 12. Aflvoi. A small askos, restored linm miiiicrniis fragiiieiits, is sliowii in l-'iRnre y7, No. 2. 
 It lias a rouiiilcl, almost spherical l.o.ly. One handle, wliicli i.s attadie.i at (hi- centre of the top, 
 forms a loop toward one side, wliile in line with the htmdle on the otiier side of the top is a xniall 
 spout. Five hroad hundsof paint eneirele tlie iiody, and in the spaees iietween llieni and parallel 
 to them are several fine lines. Aeross the top, beside th.- jiaii.ll.- anrl ih.- sjwut, runs a line of 
 eonnected lozenges. 
 
 1:5. Jars. .V somewhat lar(i;er ve.ssel is the jar with four haiidh's illustrated in Figiire 'J8. 
 They are all round loop handles, two .set horizontally half way <lo\vn the side, and the other 
 
 -~™-^-"*''-'' 
 
 tJi-Oifjujia 
 
 FiGUiiE 100. \V.\tkk-.Iahs, Latk IIkli-adh III. 
 
 two, which are mui'li smaller, liut also horizontal, placed high up on the shoulder syinnietrically 
 hetween the first two. TIk; decoration consi.sts of the familiar hroad hands of paint, in tlii.s 
 case arranged in three i)airs. Around the shoulder, the space between the uppermost pairs is 
 embellished with a belt of connected double festoons, which is interrupted by the upper handles. 
 
 14. Stirrup vases. The stirrup vase is also represented among the finds at Korakou, although 
 it was possible to restore only one example (Fig. 99). This has a linear decoration carried out in a 
 fine style and consisting of horizontal bands, belts of dots, dashes, and wavy lines, and triangles of 
 network pattern. 
 
 15. Water-jars. .Vmong the hirger vessels a connnon shape is the water-jar. nuicii like the 
 Liter hydria. It has a large, full body and a high, narrow neck. One large vertical haiuUe pxUmuIs 
 from the shoulder to the neck, while two smaller ones are set horizontally below the slioulder, one
 
 70 KOHAKOU 
 
 on ead. si.l.-. Di.ul.lr or Iriplf l.amls of paint nil. inuii.l I !,.• n.i.Mlr niul I Ur sl,..uM.r ..f 1 lie jar, 
 an.laMi.KK-1'aiMlroiiii.ltl..'l.asi-of tin- iic.k a.ul a.i<.(lu'r ruuiwl ll,c riiu c.Mni.lct.' tlu- (Uv.,i at i.m 
 (Kijt. UK)). Somr of those hyilriac wliifli arc parliciilarly well iiiadi' arc <l(inc in Lrownisli lilack 
 
 iiioiiocliriiiiic. 
 
 l(i. The squat ImiwI has already I'oeii (loscrilu-d above (p. 50). N-'t a ureal many sherds l)c- 
 lonKin^; to vases of this shape were found at Korakmi, The Late IhUadic 111 type appears to 
 have a Hal lm.se, straijjht sides, and an angular shoulder, aWove whieh the ves.sel sl()])es ujjward to 
 a narrow neek. The vase is hiuher in proijortion to its width than the squat bowl of the Second 
 Late Ilelladie Period. The ordinary decoration consists of a belt of carelessly executed spirals 
 round the straight side as well as round the U])])!'! i)arl al«ove the shoiililcr.' 
 
 17. I'wo-handled jars. Several fragmentary examples of a larger vase of practically the same 
 form as the foregoing came to light. It is essentially a straight-sided, scpiat bowl of thick fal)ric, 
 
 1 
 
 riClURE 101. Two-HANDLEU JaU, LaTE HeLLADIC III. 
 
 with the sides rising to doul)lc the usual height (Fig. 101). Instead <it' tlircc. ii lias Imt two hori- 
 zontal Idiip iiandics set just above the edge of the shoulder. The decoration consists of l)nja(l 
 bands enclosing horizontal or vertical groups of tine lines, wit h sometimes a row of festoons around 
 the shoulder and the base of the neck. 
 
 18. Bottle-shaped jugs. A few fragments were fovuid whiih seem to belong to small, round- 
 bodied jugs, with high, slender neek and one handle, somewhat resembling the vase figured in 
 Furtwangler and Loescheke, Mijkenii<che ]'asen, PI. XIII, 83. 
 
 Naturally there were many sherds belonging to vases of which the shape could not definitely 
 be recognized. The above list does not profess to be a full catalogue of the shapes of the Third 
 Late Helladic Period. It is merely a record of those forms of vases which seem to have been most 
 in use at Korakou at the end of the Mycenaean period and which the chance of discovery has 
 brought to light. 
 
 Cf. Furtwiingler aud L<jcsclickc, M i/kcnische V'asen, I'l. IX, oo.
 
 THE POTTERY 
 
 71 
 
 Fi(;iutio 102. Two Cylixks, 1 I'ainteu, 2 Unpainted, Late IIellauii: III. 
 
 Fkjukk lUii. Deei- Howls ok Monociiiiome Wake, Late Helladu' ill. 
 
 FlOUKE KM. DOMESTK- I'lll-S, LaII. 11.1.1 .11. 111.
 
 KOHAKor 
 
 h 
 
 I'iGUKK ID.'). Small JStoragk .Un, Late Uelladic HI. 
 
 B. UnPAINTKI) I'OTl'KKY 
 
 Ap])roxiiiialcly oiic-foiirtli of th(> slicrds found licldiiii; t(i un])ain(('(l pottcr.N' of huff or ycllowisli 
 green flay. It is inferior both in fabric and baking to the corresponding ware of the preceding 
 ix'rind. The chiy sHp covering the .surface is often powdery; in no case is it so fine or so sniootiily 
 l)i)hslied as on the similar ware of the Second Laic Uelladic Period. The conniioncst shape is the 
 high-stcniiMcd cylix described above (an example of the unpaintc^l kind is given in Figure 102); 
 the cu|) with angular profile is also well represented. 
 
 C. Monochrome Wark 
 
 About sixteen per cent of the sherds found belong in this grouj). The colors are red, reddish 
 brown, or brownish black, a true black being extremely rare. The commonest shapes are the deep 
 bowl with two hanilles (Fig. 103). and the cup described above (P. 04, Xo.. 7; Fig. 93, No. 1). 
 There were also fragments of l\\-o oi- 1 hree black cylixes, as well as of several large water-jars. 
 
 D. .\XD E. MiNYAN AM) MaTTPAINTED WaRES 
 
 These two fabrics have almost reached the vanishing point. In pit E. A., for example, among 
 804 sherils of the Third Late Helladic Period, only ten are Minyan (Gray Minyan) and eleven 
 of the Mattpainted style. These are very likely merely stray sherds, and it seems probable that 
 Gray Minyan and Mattpainted wares had quite ceased to be made and used in this period.
 
 THE POTTERY 
 
 73 
 
 FuiuitE lot). Large Pithos fhom House L. Laik Helladh' III. 
 
 F. Domestic Pots a.mj Piiiiui 
 A very laif^c nuiiilicr of slienis licliiniriiifi in coarse household vessels were found, ami it was 
 possililc to i)ut together a number of these. They are generally made of un|«nitied hrick red i-lay 
 and are fr<'(|Ucntly very thick and heavy. There is no painted decoration. 
 
 1. In I'igme 104, 2 is shown an example of a low, wide pot with Hat hase and spreading sides. 
 The rim is only roughly made and the eireumfereiu-c is a poor attempt at a circle. There are two 
 
 irregular lugs instead of handles. The ves.sci i.< clearly hand-nuide. 
 
 2. A slightly better made pot is ilhistrateil in Figure KM, No. 1. It re.-^endiles theprecednig 
 in shape, but has a thick, ineiuving rim — evidently intended to prevent the contents from spilling 
 
 .or boiling over — and there are no handles or lugs. A peculiar decoration is fornu-d by raise<l 
 strips of clay, one running aroiuid I \\r lini, one around the base, and others forming wavy zigzags 
 extending from the base to the rim. This pot, like the foregoing, is hand-made. Fragiiienta of 
 several similai' vessels were found. 
 
 3. Hou.sehold jars on a small raised base, wliicti wc r. numerous in the preceding period, are
 
 74 
 
 KORAKOr 
 
 FlGUKK 11)7. I'prKll 1'aKT ok PlTHOS KKOM lloUSK h, L.\TK IIkLLADK 111. 
 
 iio longer (uiiiiiioM, lull lomid-hoilii'd cooking pots standing on tliicc; logs are not at all rare. In 
 s])iti' of tlio fact that a large niiniber of these legs came to light, no whole example of the shape 
 could be i)ut together. 
 
 4. Storage jars. There were many fragments of storage jars or small ])ithoi of coarse fabric. 
 They have a flat base and spreading sides whicii end in a wide opening. There is usually a raised 
 rope band just below the plain rim. No liandles were fomid on these; jars. A typical specimen 
 may be seen in Figure 10.5. 
 
 5. Pithoi. Pithoi are well exemplitied by the greater part of tW'O large specimens found in 
 House L. In both cases the bottom, which apparently narrowed to a small base, is missing. One 
 is preserved to a depth of 0.94 m. and its greatest diameter is 0.85 m. (Fig. 106). It has a com- 
 paratively high narrow neck with a tliameter of 0.45 m. There is a flat, splaying rim. Decoration 
 is limited to three raised bands about the body, which carry parallel imi)ressions made by some 
 blunt instrument. The second pithos (Fig. 107) is of heavier fabric (the walls are 0.02 m. thick), 
 though smaller. Its preserved depth is 0.68 m., and its greatest diameter 0.71 m. There is a 
 high narrow neck, 0.38 m. in diameter, with a heavj^ rim. A raised strip of clay, incised with 
 parallel dashes, runs rouiul the shoulder below the neck in a wavA' line.
 
 CIIAI»TKI{ Hi 
 
 If 
 
 9. 
 
 THE AHCHITECTURK 
 
 FIRST STl{ATr.M i;Am,V HKLLADIC I'KHlnD 
 
 Ai'AKT troiu llic pottery, fi'W otlicr iciiiaiiis of tin- l^arly Helladic Period witl- recovered. This 
 was due to tlie limited area of the trial pits, whicii did not allow extensive exploration of tlie lowest 
 stratum. Several walls appeared, however, and there is no doubt tiiat a house or two iiiiKht liave 
 been uncovered if the area of excavation could have been enlarged. 
 
 The walls are fairly thick (0.40 m. to 0.75 m.), built of rounh unhewn stones lani in i-lay. 
 ill pit P a wall O.tiO ni. high was found; others in pits (1, L, and S were lower. All these walls are, 
 of course, merely foundation walls that projected slightly above the level of the ground and sup- 
 |)(iitc(l llic arliial walls, wiiich were Imilt nf unliuiiil Inicks. 
 A few bricks were found, baked fairly hard by the hre whicli 
 destroyed the house to which they belonged. One of these 
 bricks measures 0.19 m, X 0,19 m. X 0.10 m. Most of the 
 bricks, liowever, since they were not fired, have dissohcil 
 anil can now be recognized only in the hard layers of reddish 
 or yellowish clay which occasionally appear. 
 
 The short sections of wall uncovered include two s<|\iarc 
 corners and the adjacent walls themselves appear to be 
 straight. A third corner, on the other hand, seems to be 
 rounded and may be part of an apse (Fig. 108). 
 
 Helowthe latest Hoor-level of the Karly Helhuhc I'eriod in 
 lunch P was found a clay-lined pit wiiich recalls the bolhroi 
 of the c()rres])oniliiig straluni at Oichdmcnos.' Siniiiai 
 Imthriii, but larger than that at Korakou, have been fouml at 
 ( ;nnia. The pit at Korakou. ai^proximately circular in |)lan, 
 IS l),'.)() m. dec|) and 0.70 in. in diameter at the top. It grows 
 narrower toward the bottom, where it measures only 0. 1(1 in. 
 across. It has a lining of greenish clay 0.03 m. thick on the 
 sides and 0. 10 m. on the bottom. There is a distinct splaying 
 lip at the top. (Fig. 109, where the bolhros is shown in sec- 
 tion.) The pit was found filled with ck'bris aiui carbonized 
 
 matter. The purpose of such ludhroi is not cc>rtain ; perhaps they were used for cold storiige a.s a 
 primitive sort of .•ellar; but it is also i)o.ssible that they sometim.-s in some ca.^es st<rved a.s 
 ash-pits in connection with religious worship,- This latter suggestion .seen.s not In applv (o the 
 
 ' HuHp, Orchomcnos, \>v. 27 IT.; \\ii<c miicI llicinp-^iii, I'rchUtoric TlnMuly, p. 105. 
 
 ■ PrehUstoric Thcssaly, he. cil. 
 
 '9- 
 
 InieitK ins. Koindkd v okxkh or 
 W .\LL, K.\iiLV IIkli-akic l'»:mcii>.
 
 7(1 
 
 K(»I{AK()U 
 
 ■.••v>.--;-:\^ .• ( t 
 
 ruiuiiK 100. Vkuticai, Section 
 
 OK HitTIIIKIS AT KollAKOU, EaHLY 
 lltLLADIC I'kKIOU. 
 
 hothros jit Korakuii, Imwi'vcr, for tin- day lining; is not baked ami shows no tiaci's of the heat lu 
 which it iiiiisl nctT.s.sarily have biHMi subji'cti'<l liail llif pit Ix'imi used lo hold hot ashes. 
 
 At tlie t-a.-^tern i-nd u( the hill, under a slight roveiinn of earth, an iii-e;;idaily elliptieal eutlinj.; 
 in the rock was observed, which contained nothinji but frauments of Ivirly Ilelladic ware of class 15. 
 
 The cut t inn, which nieasmcs 2.12 ni. X 2.55 ni., may possibly 
 70 H have been niatie to serve as the foundation for a piiiniti\c hut. 
 
 .NllCOXn STHATUM— MIDDLE HELLADIC F1;KI()1) 
 
 Toward tiic eastern end of the site, where the hill slopes rapidly 
 downwaril and most of the upper stratum has been washed away, 
 the foundation walls of a house of the Middle Helladic Period 
 were uncovered. None of the supers! iiiclure is preserved and 
 the foundations Ihcniselves are not entirely intact, Init rnouf^h 
 remains to (jive tlu' iipiiiplrlc irniunil-iilan (House 1'', 1""!^. 110). 
 
 These fomidations, avera^inn U.;il) ni. in thickness and nuuie of 
 small mislia])ed stones laid in clay, project about 0.20 m. above 
 the nroimd-level contemporaiy with the house. The top of the 
 foundation as jjreserved is ])ractically level, and it s(>enis never to have stood hiffher than it does 
 now. In III her words, the foundations are merely the stone socle on which rested the actual walls 
 of the house built of dried crude bricks; these latter were thus protected by the stone socle from 
 dissolution through contact with moisture from the groimd. Exactly the same method of con- 
 struction is still employed to a great extent in Greece, and houses built on the same principle which 
 governed builders of the second millenniiini n.<\ may be seen today in the immediate vicinity of 
 ovn'site. The prehistoric bricks, like their modern counterparts, were quite imbaked, and in conse- 
 quence no whole specimens were recovered; all that remains of them is an irregular layer of day 
 above the floor of the house. 
 
 The house, oriented nortii ami s(juth, is coniparalivdy limj; in proportion toitswidlii. measur- 
 ing 11.40 m.X4.40 m. The south front is rectangular, the north end has the form of an apse. 
 A general view, from the south, of the fomidations as they now appear is given in Figme 111. 
 
 Two cross-walls divi<le the interior of the building, one shutting off the apse from the central 
 portion, and ( lie ot her making a small rcKim 2.00 m. wide at the south end. This latter may have 
 been a vestibule, for there was an entrance in the middle of the south wall. The doorway here 
 apiiears to have been ca. 1.50 m. wide. 
 
 The central room is large, having a length of (3.20 m. In it was a hearth which had a pavement 
 of ashes and clay. The hearth did not occupy the centre of the room, but was situated between the 
 centre and the northwest corner. Nothing else was found in the room save a number of Minyan 
 l)otshcr(ls. There are no traces of columns or pillars to support the roof. At some period in its 
 history the central room had a door leading out to the west; grooves for the door-posts may still 
 be seen in the fomidations. The ofT-centre position of the hearth may perhaps be due to this open- 
 ing. Api)arently, however, the doorway was subsequently blocked up, for the grooves seem to 
 have been filled in with small stones and clay. The floor of the room consisted simply of a hard 
 earthen pavement.
 
 THE ARCHITFXJTURE 77 
 
 Nothing was fou.i.l in the apse, and I do not know what the particidar use of this small roora wa*<. 
 
 The western part of the foundation in this region is not preserved, having been destroyed to make 
 
 way for a wall of the Thir.l Late Hella.iic Period. The restoration of the apse in Figure 110 is, 
 
 nevertheless, certain. 
 
 The chief importance of the foundation just described lies in the fact that it gives in Southern 
 
 Greece (so far as I know) the first complete ground-plan of a house of 1 he period t<. which Minyan 
 
 3 
 
 -+- 
 
 5 M. 
 
 Fkhiiik 110. V\.\s OK Hnnsi: It asi> Hodsf. F, KoHAKon, Mn>i>LK IIrixadk- PKHioh. 
 
 ware belongs. Walls of this same period hav(>, indeed, luen found elsewhere, especially at Drcho- 
 menos, hut in no ease were I hey well enough preserved to allow a certain reconst met ion of the 
 plan. It is, therefore, interesting to note thai in (he Minyan or .Middle llelladic Period the meg- 
 aron type of house was in use at Korakou. Whether this type of hou.-ie originated in the Middle
 
 78 
 
 KORAKOU 
 
 Hellaclic Period or goes back to a still earlier date (Early Hellaiiic) camiol l)e est.il.lislinl Inun the 
 evidence available at present. Its later development, however, can easily l>c I raced, and it be- 
 comes dear that in the Late Helladic (or Mycenaean) Period tiie nieKaron-house is adopted as the 
 repidar form of i-onstnn-tion. The only important change whicii will i)e ol)served there is that 
 the apse of the Minyaii plan has been slrainhtened out in the Mycenaean house lo make a rec- 
 tangular end. 
 
 Nut all the houses of the Middle Helladic Period, however, had an apsidal end. Just west of 
 IIdusc !•' described iibove, a small fo\inilation was laid bare, in which both ends are rectanp;idar. 
 This buildiuK (House B, Fin- UttJ, with walls similar to those of House F, but even thinner 
 (they measure only 0.27 ni. in thickness), has a length of 4.40 ni. and is 2.00 iii. wide. (The 
 interior dimensions are approximately 3.90 m. X l.riO ni.) There is only one room. Nothing 
 w:is found in it .'^ave a few potsherds of Minyan ware lyinn f)n (he floor of beaten (>arth. The posi- 
 tion of the door is not certain, though it may have been in the cast wall near the south corner, at 
 
 
 
 y^ ■ V- ■ - 
 
 FiauRE 111. Gener.\l View of House F iiiom the .South. 
 
 a point where a small section of the wall is at pre.sent missing. A threshold block may perhaps 
 have been removed at this point. This house seems altogether too small for a dwelling; its proxim- 
 ity and relation to House F suggest that it belonged to the latter, possibly as a storehouse or a 
 stable. 
 
 Passing along the front — that is the south end — of House F and House B is an area paved with 
 small pebbles, ranging from 1.60 m. to more than 2.00 m. wide and boiuuled on the south by a wall 
 whicli runs east and west. This is imdoubtedly a street, for it can be traced several metres farther 
 eastward as well as a short distance to the west. Its direction does not, however, correspond 
 exactly with the oricniatiou of House F. The \v:ill limiting the street on the south Ix'loiigs, no 
 doubt, lo another house. It appears, then, that the village of the Middle Helladic Period consisted 
 of small houses placed close together and separated by narrow streets. 
 
 East of House F part of the foundation of another building was laiil bare at a lower level. The 
 western half of this foundation lies underneath House F and consequently could not be cleared. 
 The building is oriented north and south, and both ends are rectangular. Mea.suring approxi- 
 mately (VTO m. in length, it is of the megaron type and contains two small rooms behind a narrow
 
 THE ARCHITECTURE 79 
 
 portico (P5g. 1 10). U is possible that the fewstones interpreted in the plan as indic-ating a dividing 
 wall are in reality mereij' chance stones fallen from thesirie wall; in that case we should have, in- 
 stead of two small rooms, a single large room behind the portico. The floor of this earlier houne 
 was, like that of House F, formed simply of hard earth. The pottery found here was chiefly 
 Minyan ware; a small jar of coarse, unpainted ware stood in the southeast corner of tin- portii-o. 
 paitly Slink into a hole in the iloor. 
 
 In a pit alxmt fifteen metres farther to the west (Plan, Platk VIII, just west of House H;, at a 
 depth of 1.2.') m., another ap.-^e was uncovered. It seems to form the west end of a house which 
 faced the east. The wall is 0.50 m. thick. The northern part of the ajwe is not preserved, appar- 
 ently liaving been torn out in order to give place to later walls, but the width of the room was 
 api)roximately 4.00 ni. No cross wall separate.s the apse from the rest of the house to the ejwt of 
 it up to the ]K)int reached l)y our digging {en. 1 .2.") m. l)eyond the l)a.se of the ap.-<e). A well-ina<le 
 floor of hard packed earth was found, on and above which lay numerous fragments of Minyan 
 pottery. 
 
 Thirty to forty metres still farther westward pit S was .sunk through a small room in a house of 
 the Middle Helladic Period. Oidy the northern and so\ithern walls of the room were fountl, being 
 ca. 2. IH m. apart and roughly parallel. The walls stand 0.10 m. above the level of the floor, which 
 is a hard earth pavement, and extend 0..S0 m. deej) below the floor. In the room. i.e.. betwj-^-n 
 the I wii walls, distant 0.43 m. from the south wall, is a raised hearth, roughly circular, which meas- 
 ures ().").") ni. in diametei'. The heart li is made of small stoiu's and broken potslu'rds .set in clay 
 above pebbles, all covered with clay whidi on to]) is baked hani by fire. Of the sherds used in 
 building the hearth eight are of Minyan and two of Mat I pain ted ware. It ma\ b^' iw.t.'.l il.ii tin- 
 hearth is not in the centre of the room. 
 
 Nmnerous other walls of the Middle Helladic Period were uncovered, hut none calls for particular 
 description here. In summing up the architecture of the Middle Helladic Period at Korakou it 
 may be said that the megaron type of house i)revails, l)uill of unbaked brick laid on a light stoiu' 
 foundation. Two houses are seen to have rectangidar enils; two are apsidal. In two cases a 
 vestibule leads into the megaron. The floor consists of a layer of hard clayey earth. The hearth, 
 in the two instances found, is not in the centre of the room. No traces of columns to support the 
 roof were found. In the case of House F, at least, the roof m.ay well have been of the tyi)e whidi 
 Holland' calls a "hoop-roof." 
 
 lllinn STRATUM— L.\TE ill.I.I.ADh i'F.HloO 
 
 As already stated, a large ariui in the central i)arl of the site was clearecl to a depth of ca. O.M m. 
 
 A very great numl)er of foundation walls belonging to the Third Late Helladic Perioil were 
 revealed, running in all ilindinns and funning a complex and pu/./ling nuize. It is just such a 
 maze as one might expect on a ch)sely iidiabited site, where many small lu.u.ses are ccuistaiilly 
 being rei)aire<l, eidarged, and rebuilt. The complexity is increa.xed by tlie fact that a large pn)- 
 porlion of these walls now stand isolated, having no apparent connection with other walls. This 
 is due chiefly to the proximity of the remains to the prc-sent surface of the ground, nmny of them 
 being covered by no more than tiflcrn.or ten. or even live i>entimel.res of soil. Consefiuently.uinoc 
 
 '/I../. .1., XXIV, 1920, |). :i20.
 
 80 KdRAKOU 
 
 tlic site lias long been iisetl as a eiiltivateti field, most of the higlier stones have been torn out. by 
 the ploiiRh or reniovetl l>y the cnllivator himself beeause they formed obstaeles to ploiighin}-;. In 
 :i<lilition a very considerable amount of stone was extracted within the memory of the present 
 owner of the field, an<l of ids falhi-r, in order to supply building material during the construction 
 of the modern town i>f New Corinth. The greater (lart of the walls are, therefore, so hopelessly 
 denuilishcd that it is no lunger possible to recognize the plan of the houses to wliirh llicy once 
 l>elonged. In a nundn-r of cases, however, where the state of preservation is better, the idan can 
 in the nnun be made out. 
 (1) HoisK L (plan, Fig. 112) 
 
 During the excavation of the trial trenches it was observcil lliat i)it L at a dcptli of ().'M) ni. cut 
 directly through a well-trodden floor-level and the edge of a hearth. I'urt her search in tlic ncigli- 
 borhood .soon brought to light the walls of the hoii.se to which these belonged. The house is of the 
 megaron type, con.sisting of a fore-hall or portico, a vestibule, and a large room or megaron, behind 
 which there was probably an additional chand)er. This latter is not very clear, for, owing to the 
 activity of zealous seekers after Imilding stones, it is not possible to stale with absolute certainty 
 where the rear wall of the hou.sc stood. Fortunatelj', however, the walls on the other sides are 
 comparativelj- well jireserved. 
 
 These walls are Ijuilt of rough, imshaped stones hiid in clay or nuid. They are not very high, 
 t he total height measiu'ing only 0.40 ni. to 0.50 m., approximately one-half of which projects above 
 the floor-level of the hou.se. The average width of the walls is 0.48 m. At corners and at jmut.ions 
 with cros.s-walls nuich larger stones arc used than elsewhere in the con.struetion. It is for this 
 rea.son that the corners are usually demolished, since the larger stones were greatly preferred by 
 the modern Corinthian builders. The present top of the wall, which is practically level and fin- 
 ished olT, is doubtless the original top, the wall having been, of course, only the socle suppoiting a 
 superstructure of crude brick. Practically nothing of this latter is preserved. A general view 
 of the foiuidations as they now appear is shown in Figure 113. 
 
 Before describing t he house in tlctail, it maj- be pointed out that two periods can be distinguished, 
 though not separated by a long interval of time, nor marked by any serious architectural alteration.' 
 
 At the south end the house is 6.05 m. wide including the walls, aod 5.09 m. measured inside; 
 farther north it narrows to 4.72 m. interior and 5.70 m. over all, as the two side walls are not exactly 
 parallel. Up to the north end of the megaron the building is en. 10.20 m. long; but including the 
 rear chamber indicated by scanty remains still surviving to the north it attains a total length of ca. 
 14.30 m. 
 
 The portico is 1.35 m. deep, bomided on either side by an anta-like projection of the side walls 
 of t he ho\ise. The antae are built of vei'v large stones, that on the east, in part icular, being formed 
 of one block with dimensions of 0.075 m. X 1.025 m. In the portico midway between the two antae 
 is a flat stone which uniloubti'illy served as the base of a wooden pill.-ir support inji the roof. 
 
 The front wall, 0.42 m. thick, is made of small stones in its upper part, hut thelowei- part, which 
 is ajiparently earlier in date, seems to be of somewhat moie solid construction. A dooiway, 
 1.05 m. wide, may be distinguished at a di.stance of 1.18 m. from the east wall. In the later period 
 
 > The floor-level of the later period is from 0.05 m. to 0.10 m. higher than that of the earlier; the hearth has been 
 oxtendcil a little farther to the north; and this nooessitated the insertion of a new coluinn-hase hoyoiid the heartli. 
 It is possible, too, that the inner wall of the vestibule belongs to tlie period of reconstruction.
 
 THE ARCHITECTURE 
 
 81 
 
 ^V_V-V-Vi^. 
 
 mentione(J above, its threshold was paved with 
 small stones; in the earlier stage, however, the 
 threshold consisted of a large block of hard lime- 
 stone on which was cut a sill, as well as a pivot- 
 hole for the door. It will be seen that the door 
 is not in the centre of tlic wall hut is pushed far 
 over toward one side. This was, no doubt, condi- 
 tioned by the practical consideration of avoiding 
 the pillar which stood in the axisoftlie shallow 
 l)()rtico, where it w()\ild have proved a serious 
 obstacle to free passage through a central door. 
 
 The small vestibule into which this door opens 
 is 1.36 m. deep on the east side and 1.20 m. on 
 t he west. It was roughly paved with loose stones 
 in the central part ami t<i the west ; in the eastern 
 section no pavement was found. In I he sovith- 
 west corner is a rectangidar foundation mea.siu'- 
 iiig 0.95 m. X O.o7 m. raised slightly above the 
 pavement. Its jjurposf cduld not he made out. 
 
 The north wall of the vestibule is rather irreg- 
 ular, consisting of two sections ime<|ual in thick- 
 ness and not constructetl in the sanu- line. (This 
 wall, as already remarked, belongs perhaps to 
 the later stage of the house.) The western i)ail 
 lias a thickness of 0.42 m.; the eastern part is 
 only 0.30 m. wide and lies farther to the north. 
 Between these two walls is a space of 1.(12 m. 
 where the door-opening nnist have been. Within 
 this lies a small stone in which is cut a rovuid 
 ]iivot-hole. The clear space to the west is only 
 en. 0.64 m. wide; to the east, on the other hand, 
 there is a space of approxi- 
 mately 0.98 m. It seems 
 likely, therefore, that, if the 
 
 liivot-stone is in its origiTial y ^ : . 
 
 position, the wall on the 
 west originally extended to 
 the stone, while the door swung on the side to the east. Its position would then fall approxi- 
 mately in the axis of the megaron (actually only O.O.'i m. west of the axis). In any ease, however. 
 l)ersons entering were oi)liged to ero.ss the vestil)ule diagonally in order to reach the miTjaroii. 
 Two reasons in explanation of this arrangement suggest themselves, without implying tluU there 
 u( re IK. I others eqtuilly good. In the first place, it eiis\ncd more privacy in the megaron or living 
 room of the house, by making it impossible for a ch.'ince pas.ser-i)y to look directly into the nH.m. 
 
 7 
 
 4 
 
 — t- 
 
 5M. 
 
 KicuuK ll_'. I'ns OK IlorsK L, THiun L\Ti. Un.i.Kiii.- I'luion.
 
 82 
 
 KORAKOU 
 
 even thoiigli both iloors should be open. In the second place, and this is a more practical consid- 
 eration, it prevented a direct draught from reaching the hearth. 
 
 Tlie mcgaron is a larcc niom with an avcraRO width of 4.84 m. and a length of co. 6.59 ni. Its 
 lldor is compo.sed of trodden earth. Opposite the entrance, in the axis of the room, stands a shaped 
 colli mn-ba.se of soft greenish stone, its centre being ca. 2.00 in. fi mn I he doorway. llic lower i):u I 
 of the stone, which mea.snres 0.71 in. across, is only roughly circiihir in form. The upixr inut, 
 more carefully worked into a columnar shape, rises 0.10 m. above 1 he lower i)art and has a diametiT 
 of 0.4."> m. This part jirojected aiuive the Hoor and protected the wooden column, which it no 
 
 Figure 113. Gf.\er,\l View of House L from the South, Thiiu) L.vte Hei.ladio PEnion. 
 
 doubt supported, from injury throu^li contact with moisture on tlie call hen floor. The liases is 
 (piitc similar, excej)! in material, to llie well-known colunin-liases i'onnd at .M\een:i(', at 'I'iryns, 
 and on the .\cro])()Iis at, Athens. 
 
 Farther northward (2.(10 m. measured from centre to centre) is a flat stone with dimensions of 
 0.40 m. X 0.38 m. This appears to have served as a second cohnim-base, btit at an earlier date 
 than (he final occupation of the house; for the later hearth extends partly over it. The; earlier 
 hearth, on the contrary, does not reach it. Belonging definitely to t he later period of the house, 
 however, is another flat stone still farther to the north (0.70 m. centre to centre from the first) in 
 which may be recognized the corresjjonding column-base of the later i>eriod. Roughly square,
 
 THE ARCHITECTURE 83 
 
 ineasurin{j 0..3G ni. X 0.37 m., it lies well beyond the hearth and was iintloiihtedly iiitende<l to 
 support a iiillar. 
 
 The hearth occupies the centre of the room, between the two eohuiin-liases. The later hearth 
 is ca. 0.10 ni. higher in level and slightly larger than the earlier; irregular in shape, it Ua^ a diameter 
 of ca. 1 .00 111. It is made of a bed of clay, in which was laid a pavement of coarse pot siierds, pebbles, 
 etc., all coveied now with a liberal amount of ashes. The surface was pruetically level. The 
 earlier heart li, on the contrary,. seems Iniilt with a depression toward its centre. ,\ro»ind the hearth 
 were found iiiiiiicrous fragments of a very large ])ithos ( l"ig. 10(1). and many polslu-rds, fnun wlii.h 
 it was ])ossible to put together seven whole vases. 
 
 Tiie iiortli wall of the megaron is not well |)rescivcd. Both ends are missing, and the side walls 
 are also demolished at the jioinl where liie cross wall should meet them, no doubt because the 
 corn(>rs were liuilt of large stones whi<-ii otTcred too good material to be overlooked by tlu' modern 
 peasants. The cent i;il part of tlie wall wiiich still survives is 3.90 m. long. There appears to be a 
 thresliold ill it (l..'i2 III. from the east line of the room and l.tiO m. long) indicating that a door 
 openeil to the north. 
 
 Of the rear chamber relatively very little now remains. The east wall is. indi-ed. preserved 
 almost intact. It does not continue exactly the line followed by the east wall of the megaron; 
 but a fil.iiice at the plan of other iiouses at Korakou will show (hat perfectly straight lines were 
 (he excc])tioii rather than the rule in ordinary dwellings of the Third Late Helladie Period. At 
 the north end of this wall there are traces of a corntT and of the beginning of a wall nnuiing west- 
 ward. ( )i)i)osite this corner and approximately in line with the west side wall of the house two 
 stones of fair size seem to be in nitu at a point where the corresponding northwest corner might be 
 expected. Of a west wall. Iiowcm'i, there is no trace. Reconstructing the chand)er from these 
 scanty remains we obtain a room apjiroximately 3.()0 m. deep and en. 4.8') ni. wide. Near the 
 iniildle of the chandier are two flat .stones, but it is not certain that they served a structural pur- 
 jxise, Kouiid about them were scattered many fragnuMits of a huge ()ithos similar to that fouiul 
 in the megaron (Fig. 107). 
 
 (2) House P (plan, Fig. Ill; general view, Fig. 110) 
 
 Considerably larger and more complicated than the simple Late Helladie dwelling described 
 above is House P, situated some forty metres farther west on the (op of (he hill. Here, too, some 
 of the foundation walls are missing, and (he plan is further involved by the fact that at least two 
 periods of occupation seem (o b(> represeiKed. The main features of the house are a small vestibule 
 leading into a large megaron, which may have been in part, at least, open to the sky, ami behind 
 this two rather spacious rooms side by side. Hou.se P, like House L, is oriented ainio.st directly 
 noilliaiMlsDuih.aiKl I he front entrance is on the south side. The walls of I Io\ise Pare const rueled 
 like those of House L. They vary from 0.4.') m. to O.oO m. in thickness and project O.IT) m. to 
 ().'20 III. above the floor. The unbaked bricks of which t he superstructure wi- l..iili l,-.\ .• \ m.- 
 islicd, leaving but scaiii> trarc-.. 
 
 The floor, like that (M House I„ consisted, except for the small i)i<'ce of cobblestone pavement 
 iiKiitioiK'd below, of trodden eartii »v clay. This floor was freipiently renewed; when (Uie layer 
 
 was worn out or became unsalislactory for odier reasons a new carpe( was easily |)U( <lo« 
 
 ( he form of a fresh laver of chi,\-.
 
 s-t 
 
 KORAKOU 
 
 10 M. 
 
 —t 
 
 iMciuRR 111. Plan op Hoose P, Third Late Helladic Peuiod.
 
 Till'; AHCHITECTUHE g5 
 
 <)..ts,d?flK. front duurMM.IjusMo the west of it, close against the wall.isala,,,n.w:UerinKtn^ 
 or wasl.tul, , ut uul ut a l,!.,,!. of soft limestone. It is oval in shape. n.easurinK 0.75 n.. in v^i.i.h 
 by 1.4.} .„. .1, Unnlh, an,! the sides have an average thickness of O.K) „,. Th.- trough ha« a d.ptl. 
 of 0.35 m. nisuie. At its west end at the bottom then- is a hole for .Moptying. The trough is 
 cracked m several places and some small pieces are missing (Fig. 1 1.^). 
 
 A rough cobblestone pavement occupies the space befor.. the door. The Ihreshol.l il.-.,.|f is n«.l 
 preserved, but in the front wall of the v,.stibul,. there is a depression 2.10 n.. wide, probablv mark- 
 ing the place fro>n which a large t luvshold block was at some time removed. The gap in tiie wall 
 is, however, doubtless considerably wi.ler than the actual .loorway. Th.- v.-.stib.de is a sn.all room 
 4.()U 111. wide with a d. ptli of ;i.lOin. The walls at the southwest corner have been .lemoli>lud. and 
 
 FlGUKE Ho. \\.\.-.HTUB OK WaTEKI.NU 1 KoUUH utlTBIDE HoCSE P. 
 
 tlie exact reccHislnictioii ol tlic plan at this point is not certain. .\ depression in the north wall 
 opposite I lie e.xtcrior door |)resuiiialily indicates the position of the inner door opening into liie 
 niegaroii. 
 
 Passing through the vestilmle one enli'rs a s|)acious megaroii approximately S.(HI m. >t|uaii-. 
 ( 'utting into its southwest angle is the corner of a room which lies to the west of the veslibide and 
 which may, perhaps, belong to another Imilding. The room, measuring tvi. 3.t>5 m. X 4.01) m., 
 (•onlaine(l nothing of note, and its relation to House I' could not be determined. H«'tween this 
 room anil the vestiliule is a narrow corridor. There was nothing to indicate its purpose; perhaps 
 a stairway at this point led to an upper story. \{ the southeast corner of the megaron. for a dis- 
 tance of 3.50 m., no trace of an enclosing wall was found. .\ wall no doubt originally exislwl here, 
 however, and its disappearance may be ascrii)ed to the activity of modern builders seeking nuilc- 
 rial. Till' restoration in the plan is j)urely conjectural. 
 
 .\|)proxiniately in the centre of the megaron is a hearth of considerable size. It is rotighly 
 s<piare in shajic (1.3(> m. X 1.37 m.), made of a layer of pebbles and potsherds, chiefly the liUler. 
 set in clay with, naturally, a covering of ashes. There is n slight concavity toward the centre of 
 the hearth, and round the eilge is a sort of rim of clay. The hearth appears in the cent re of Figure 
 117, which presents a general \iew of the megaron from the southeast.
 
 86 
 
 KOHAKOU 
 
 Distant l.'Jd in. norlli of llic licarlli :in.l in llic axis (if the room is a cul .■nluinn-liasc of soft 
 (jn-onish stono liki- that .lcsciil)c.l al>ovc in tlic nictiaron of House 1.. It is ciroilai in iilaii, 0.15 
 ni. in <lijinK-lcr, ami (»..« m. Iii^li (Vifi. 118). Of tills hoijilit, from O.la m. lo O.-'O ni. proji-cti-il 
 alx.vc the floor of tin- room. This ••olumn-liasr differs slinlilly from that in Hon.sc L in that the 
 whole stone is iiere siiaped into colnmnar form, wiiile in House L only the upper i)art of the Ijloek 
 is earofully rdiinded, tiie lower part \h-[u]s. left roiigh. 
 
 To the north of the eoluinn-hase, distant oidy (1.20 m.. i> a liat-loppeii pialform composed of 
 reddish earth ami ashes im-hnlinc some pehhles and a ^ood many jxitsherds, mostly of rather fine 
 fabrie.' .\ layer of loose sea jiebblcs forms the top of the ])latforni. which reaches the same level 
 
 I'louuE llti. C!i;.\ER.\L \'ii;\v of Housk I' khom thk Southwest. (The uoy i.s sitting on the shaped column- 
 base). 
 
 asthe topof thecolumu-base (Fi^. 118). The i)lalforni is appro.ximately square, measuring l.iU m. 
 on a side. On the west side it has a retaining wall or frame built of three small stone slabs set 
 on edge. On the other sides nothing resembling a frame appeared, save for a single rough stone 
 near the northeast corner. Nothing could be made out with certainty as to the pmpose of this 
 platform. It seems, however, to have some relation to the shaped column-base, or "baetylos," 
 and may perhaps have been used as a sacrificial table or altar. 
 
 In the northwest part of the megaron is a peculiar construction in the form of two strips paved 
 with pebbles and potsherds, meeting in a right angle. The north strip is 1.50 ni. long, that on the 
 west 3.00 m. The actual corner itself is missing, apparently having been demolished. The sf rif) 
 
 ' In tlic edge of tlie platform :iiid Ijctwccn it and the column-base were found a ^ood many carbonized olive-i)it«.
 
 THE AHCHlTlXTUHt: S7 
 
 is ()..{() lM^^vi,l.. MM.l .onsisls .,f „„T.-ly one layer of pd.l.lc-s an.l i-.,ar«e .sl.cr.ls set in day i.. (he rto..r 
 ..t I he .n.Kai..!,. It has (■.,ns(.,,u,.n(ly a hn^Ui of rather less thai, 0.05 i... The pur|iose of ».hi« 
 airai.}i.n...nt .■..,,1,1 not be .letenui.ied from t he evi.lenre at hai..l:l,ut it luav |,-rha,.s haveserv.-.! 
 as the foun.iation of a low bench rouii.l the pillar-base an.l the "altar.- The l.ei.eh itself iniKht 
 hav,. b,.,.ii ma.!,, of .ru.!.. bri.ks, or possibly woo.l, with fol.led eloths as a euveriii(5; or skins may 
 have been sprea.l tiireetly on the pebble pavenu-nt. No traee of a similar construction was founil 
 on the east and .south sides of the niegaron. 
 
 I.e.ss than half a metre north of the strip of pebbles is the n..rth wall of the mepiron. behind 
 which are two rear chambers. The .l....r from each chamber seems to have been at its .southeast 
 corner. l'..r, although there is no clear indication of a .loorway, in each ca,<e near the southeasl 
 
 Figure 117. tiicsLUAL \ ii.u oi nit, .Mi,(..vuu.n uk IIousk P fh.jm iiit .SoiTiitAsT. 
 
 corner for a distance of more than l.2o m. (he wall is ca. 0.;i() m. lower than elsewhere. This 
 suggests that a large threshold Idock may have been removed at each of the.se two point> 
 
 A small round pit, iiulicated in the i)lan (Fig. 1 14) close to the eastern wall of the menain... <ii;i\ 
 be subsecpuMit to the Mycenaean perio.l. Hlack glaze.l Clreek potsher.ls were found in it, at any 
 rate, several al the very bottom. Tlic pit, whi.'li is line.l with a thick coal of re<ltiish clay, i- 
 about O.GO m. .leep an.l has a diameter of 0.70 m. It is very well and regidarly ma.le,and the bot- 
 tom is grailually r.iunded off. If it existed in the period .)f the megaron. it may have been used 
 for storage, or perhaps, for holding a large pithos. ' 
 
 The large size of the megaron (8.10 ni. X 8.20 ni.) inunediately raises the pr(>l>len) of nmfini;, 
 and the question must be asked: Was the room covered or open to the sky? A certain amount 
 of evidence appears to favor the first alternative, namely, that the megaron was provided with a 
 simple roof. South of the hearth are two fair-sized Hat stones, one roughly circular, the other 
 roughly rectangidar, 2.00 m. apart, centre to centre (Fig. 117and plan, Fig. Ill):anil r«i. l.'iOni. 
 farther west in line with t li.in is a fragment .>f wall near the corner of the chamber which pniject!* 
 int.) the .southwest angle of the megaron. To the east of the hearth, distant r«. I.U) ni. from il.s 
 rim, and slightly less than 2.00 m. north .if the rectangular stone mentioned alxive. is n rather 
 solid block of limesl.me will, a Mat l.ip. ( '.>nl itiuini; 2.(M) m. still farther northwanl we find in a
 
 S8 
 
 KOUAKOU 
 
 fniKiiifhl uf wall a secinul similar l>l..ck. On I lie west side .if llio mcfiaroii also, just west of tin- 
 strip of pi'lilili's and potslicnls ilosciilKMl ahovi-, is another fiannu-iil of wall containiii}!; a fairly 
 lar(jc sloni'. These flat. slt)nes were alinust eertaiiily (iesifjned to serve as bases for wooden posts 
 supporlinnalinht roof. Two arrannenients subtlest themselves as possible. There may liavelucri 
 merely a .simple eovered i-olonnade ninninn round tlie sides of the niejiaron, leaving the central 
 hearth open to the sky ; or the whole area may have been roofed, with the eenlral jHirtion jierhap.s 
 slijjhlly elevated, forminn a elerestory to provide light. The roof was probably built of reeds, 
 plastereil with elay, laid aero.'^s rafters which, in turn, rested on the posts. It seems likely that one 
 or two pillar-bases are mi.s.sing on the west side. .Arounil the colonnade the sikui of the rafters 
 would, then, nowhere be greater than 2.0(1 m. If. however, the central >|)acc above the hearth 
 
 >.\. .o,-.<-T5afc^"'>'.*t1 
 
 
 I'^IOURE lis. iSuAl'liD C0LUMN'-B.\SE .\N'D PLATFORM PaVED WITH PeBBLES IN MeGARON OF lloUSE P. 
 
 were roofed, this would involve a s))an of ca. 3.70 ni.; but this is, as a matter of fact, less (lian the 
 span which nuist have been necessary in t he two rear cham1)ers. 
 
 The position of the doors leading into tlie.sc two chambers has ahead}- been mentioned. The 
 two rooms themselves are both spacious apartments, though not exactly of the same size. For, 
 as may l)e seen in the plan (Fig. 114), the re;ir line is not i)er|)endicidar to the side walls, but slants 
 considerably toward the southwest. In consequence the eastern chamber is somewhat larger 
 than the western, and in each case the eastern side of the room is longer than t lu; western. So far 
 as could be observed, there was no door between the two chambers; each had but one entrance, 
 that from the south. 
 
 The eastern chamber is 3.85 ni. wide and has an average length of 6.45 m. (6,75 m. on the east, 
 6.15 m. on the west). There was no trace of a cohnnn-base in it. SomeW'hat to the east of the 
 middle of tlie room is a hearth of the usual construction, roughly 1.00 m. scjuare. Close to the 
 hearth stood a small flat stone, perhaps used to support cooking vessels taken from the fire, and 
 nearby lay an oidinary small saddlc-qucrn. Against the east wall jtist opposite the hearth is a 
 low elevation with a top layer of rather coarse sea pebbles. A similarly paved area (but not ele- 
 vated above the floor) occupied the southwest corner of the room. The pinpose of these pebbles 
 was not evident, but it may be conjectured that the corner was reserved for a bed. Scattered
 
 THE AKCHITIX'TUKE 89 
 
 I liickly aboiil I Ih- hcaii li wric imiiKTous iR-sts of potshcids wliicli iillowi-d ;i mori- or less i-oiiipli-lf 
 icstorali(jii of Iwi'iity-four vases. Tliis pottei->- is all of the latest type of the 'I'liirtI Late Helhulie 
 Period iUid, althounh not of iniicli aeeoniit from an artistic |)oint of view, is, nevertheless, vahiahle 
 as giving a representative colleetion of the ordinary houscliold ware in use ul the end of the 
 Mycenaean sell lenient at Korakou. 
 
 The western (luunher, ineasurinf? cti. I.OO m. in width, wilh an average lennth of 5.80 in. (tau-t 
 side, ().[() in., west side, o.oO ni.), was still more hare of furnilin-e than the eastern apartment. 
 Near the centre of the room is a hearth; in the southwest corner an area paved with sea pei)l)les 
 (l)erhaps another bed); but apart from a trianfjular Hat-topped stone set against the west wall. 
 nothing further was found. Potsherds were far less numerous than in the adjoining room. From 
 this it ajjpears that the cooking of the household was carried on in the eastern chamber, and the 
 kitchen utensils stored there, while the W'estern room may have been used merely as a sleeping 
 ajjartmcnt or a guest-cluunber. It may also be suggested that the large hearth in the meguron 
 was used on more ceremonial occasions, jjerhaps in connection with religious rites about the 
 "baetylic" pillar .and the ''altar." 
 
 It is possible that the long narrow room to the east of the megaron i l''ig. Ill) aUo belonge<l lo 
 House P. It has a length of <j.8o m. and an averagt' width of 3.2.) m. In the long smilh wall, near 
 I he soul heast corner, is a depression similar to those descrii)(;d above, which, it was suggested, were 
 furnied by (lie rcinoN'al of a thrcsliold lilork. The interior of this room has not yel bei-n cleareil, 
 and conse(|uently nothing can be said about the interior arrangements. If the room diil belong 
 to House P, it may perhaps have been a stable. 
 
 The much-ruined walls to the iiort h of the long mom mtiii lo belong lo a dilTerent system from 
 t lull of House P and n'])rescnt at least two ])eri()ds. In this region a nundier of black-glazeil tlreek 
 sherds were fouml, from which it would appear that the demolished state of the Mycenaean founda- 
 tions dates back to the Hellenic jjcriod. 
 
 House P is the largest and most jjretentious establislinieiil yet excavateil at Korakou and was 
 undoubtedly the home of a very subslanlial citizen. It must, nevertheless, be admitted that it 
 is certainly a far cry from the s|)lendor of the royal palaces at Tiryns and Mycenae to the humble 
 simplicity of this jirivate haliitation at Korakou. The chief interest and the importance of Hou>e 
 P, however, lie in the fact that we have here a fairly complele example of a private dwelling from 
 the end of Mycenaean times; and new light is thus thrown on the conditions of life in a period le.ss 
 familiarly known, but archeologically hardly less significant, than the high sea.son of Mycenaean 
 prosperity. 
 
 (3) House M (plan. Fig. IH)) 
 
 House M lies just east of, and pai allrl to, House L, separated from it by a pa.ssage or alley from 
 2.0(1 111. (o '2.7.') 111. wide. A dnui inio (lie nu'garoii of Hou.sc M apparently opened from this 
 I)as.sage and is con.seiiuently in the long side of the hou.se. There is no vestibule, such as app.'ars 
 in Houses 1. and P, but the door seems lo have .set into a slight recess in tin- wall. 
 
 The megaron is .')..")() m. witle and 7.75 ni. long, but these nu-asurements are only approximate, 
 as the walls are not perfectly straight, nor are the corners exactly reetangtdar. Furtherinore.it 
 will be seen from the plan that a considerable .section of the east wall wilh the southeast corner is 
 missing. The south wall adjoining the southwest corner i- al-. lacking foi m di-i.me of 1.7(t m.
 
 90 
 
 KORAKOU 
 
 It is possililc llial :i llin-slmld liloi-k li:i> Imtii ifimivcil .il lliis |)<uni :iim1 iIimI an fiitiaiicf door 
 ()ri);iiially exist t-il here. 
 
 Somcwlint to tlic iioiili of tlic iniiidlc ol the room is an infunlaily slia|)c(l licaitli, ai. l.'iO m. 
 lonj!, Imilt ill tin- saiiir styli- as those already desiril)ed in Houses V and L. Just to the south of 
 it is a large Hat shil> of iiard stone, roughly oval in shape (0.45 in. X O.tiO ni.) which projects slightly 
 
 5M. 
 
 FioiTRE 119. Plan of House M, Tinui) Late Hei.i.adk I'lcmon. 
 
 above the Hoor of trodden earth (,1'ig- I'-^U, left centre). This stone is ])laced almost exactly in the 
 centre of the niegaron and looks as if meant to support a pillar hearing considerable weight. An- 
 other stone of more irregular shape, close to the east side of this base, is probably to be understood 
 as a support for cooking vessels taken from the fire. Two smaller stones at the northeast corner 
 of the hearth may have had a similar purpose. Just l)ey(intl these stones, and ca. 0.50 ni. north-
 
 THE ARCHlTKCTrKE 9, 
 
 casl of th\. luvutl,, is a ••wl ,,illa.-l,as.. „f tl,,. sai.i.. soft Kri'enisl, sKmu- that was ust.| for the l,a.se 
 ..f th. .l.u-f pillar i„ H,n,s,.s 1, a.,.1 P. This stonf, whirh is roughly drcular in plan (dian.cter, 
 0.47 Ml., cf. F.fr. 120), is not so well shaped as the basos just ri-feiml to; yet it ran hardly I.0 douhti-.! 
 that ail throe hasos s,-rvo<l a like purposc-a purpose at the same time structural and reliKious. 
 
 X..tl,iMK furl her was found in the niegaron. The nieh.- in the northwest eorner of the r.n.n. 
 oeeasioned by the recessed ,l„„r deserves mention, however. It suggests that eupl.oards l.uill 
 into a wall are not necessarily a modern invention. 
 
 House M probably inchnled an additional room to the north. M ,ts we.st .-ixi this appears to 
 have been ca. 2.00 m. wide. Towar.l t he east, however, its walls have been c.mpletely demolished. 
 and on accouni of Ilieir disappearance the plan of this apartment must renuiin uncertain. 
 
 It is not impossible thai the south wall of House II, part of which is indicated in the plan (Imk. 
 11!)), may have served at this prjinl as a party-wall. In that ca.se the narrow pa.s.sage shown in 
 
 FlUUIU'; 120. \ IKW OF .MiXJAKOX of IIoUSK M .ShqwINU Two PlLL.\lt-BASEK .\.VD ilKAimi. 
 
 tiie plan in the niMlhwest cornel' of the north room of House .\I may have been occupied by a 
 stairway leaditifi; In the Hat roof or to an up])er lioor. 
 
 (t) Hoi:.sio H (i)ian. Kij;. 121) 
 
 House H, lyinf^ to llie noiili of .M. differs from liie i)uildinns already described in thai it is 
 orienle(| east and west instead of north and smilii. Two periods — nut necessarily widely 
 separait'd — are evidently r(>present(.'d in the conslruclion. Originally the house apparently 
 consistetl of a portico, a large megaron, and a spacious chambei' behind it. In the later period 
 a partitioning wall seems to have been erected across the megaron, dividing it into two small 
 rooms; and the wall now closing the east end of the imilding evidently also belongs to this stage. 
 The entrance to the house was probably in both periods at the west end. 
 
 Not much remains of the portico, nor is it ])ossible in the present state of the walls to dvlvrmine 
 the position of the doorway leading into the megaron. 
 
 The megaron (Fig. 122. view from the northwest) is a large room, with a length of t)..'>t) m. and 
 a width of 1.(10 m. Somewhat east of the centre is the customary hearth, irregular in shape, fa. 
 1.20 m. across, with a Hal stone near it. Less than one metre to the northwest slamls a l«rg»'.
 
 92 
 
 KOHAKOU 
 
 worked hlock of liiiu'titoiic. it i> roughly squari- in plan, nicasnrint; 0. 1.") ni. on a siilc, ami lias a 
 thickiu'ssof ().4U ni. This I take lo l>c tin- imso of the "baotylic" pillar of Hoiisi- II. It showsan 
 inlcrcstinn variation fioni tin- more cnstoinary round type which we havi' seen in Mouses L, M, 
 and P. S(iuari' pillar-bases have been found at Phylakopi in Nb'hls' and in Crete,-' i)Ut they be- 
 long to a period (•onsiderai)ly earlier than that represented by the late setlleriieiil at Korakou. 
 Thcs(|uare pillar of House 11 is, so far as I know, tlie first nf it> kind to l)c uiicovcicd lui tlic ( '.reck 
 mainland.' There was nothing else of note in the niegaron. 
 
 In the reeonstriution of House H, as mentioned above, a rather poorly built dividing wall 
 thrown across the menaron converted it into two small rooms (Fin. '22). The westernmost is 
 2.25 ni. deep. In its southern wing a small hearth was built, witii the us\ial tlal stone placed near 
 
 V- 
 
 -?-^^ 
 
 FiouKE IJl. I'l.AN OK House 11, liiinD L.\Ti: IIki.i.aoic Pehiod. 
 
 it. The wall which, in the plan, seems to separate this section I'ldin the rest of the room is .ictiially 
 at a lower level and probably belongs to a forerunner of House, H. The other room is 3.75 m. 
 deep and includes the large hearth of the former megaron. The "baetylic" pillar likewise still 
 remained, the dividing wall having passed just west of if. 
 
 The rear chamber is 4.65 m. wide. The east wall of the earlier ])lan of I lie house is missing, 
 liut the reconstructed east wall presumably followed approximately the line of its predecessor. 
 This makes the room 4.25 m. deep. .\t a point 1.70 m. east of the west wall of the room and 1.20 m. 
 from the north side wall is a circular flat stone, 0.35 m. in diameter. In a corresponding posi- 
 tion in the southern part of the room is a small area laid with sea pebbles, which may have served 
 as substructure for a second similar Hat stone. This stone itself was fo»md still farther south, 
 
 I Phylakopi, pp. 17 f., 40, and also 260, 269. 
 ^ B.S.A., IX, pp. 6fT. 
 
 ' A second base similar to this was laid bare at Korakou l.l.OO ni. farther west. It has a shallow ciri'iilar depression 
 CO. 0.20 ni. iu diameter iu it.s top. The walls of the house to wliiih it beloiijicd are no loii|j;er di.slinguisliuljle.
 
 THE ARCHITECTURE 03 
 
 lying agaiist the side wall of the chamber, obviously out of its proper place. These two flat stones 
 certainly look as if they were intended to support posts, and it thus appears likelv that the room 
 contained two pillars. The room is,indeed,.so large that, if it was roofed, some sort of inU-rior sup- 
 ports would seem necessary. The pillars were presumably included in both plans of the house. 
 The floor-levels seem to have been practically identical. Apart from a ven,- large number of ihA- 
 sherds, yielding a total of twelve complete vases, nothing of con.sequence was foun.l in the cham- 
 ber. These vases nndoul)tedly date from the later period of the house and corresinrnd exactly 
 with the similar pottery-groups hom Houses L and P. 
 
 '5) House (plan, Fig.123) 
 
 A small house can be made out in the middle of the complex marked O in the general plan. This 
 house consists of a portico, a shallow vestibule, and a small mcgaron. 'I'hc l>uilding is oriente<l 
 east and west, the entrance being on the west. Walls and floor arc of tlic \isnal i-onstnicti(m, 
 
 r vV ^ 
 
 
 FlGCKlO 122. MKCiAllON OF lIoUSK 11 VlKWKD KHOM THK .NiiUTHWK.-T. 
 
 aircaily il('scril)('(l. The long walls are not exactly parallel, and the width of the hou.'ie consequently 
 decreases from 3.10 m. at the west to 2.80 m. at the east einl. 
 
 The portico has a dciith of 2.20 m. There was nothing in it wortliy of special notice, and no 
 evidence came to light as reganls the position of the doorway into the vestibvde. A foundation 
 wall nins across the west front of I he portico, but it seems to belong to a lower level; certainly it is 
 not likely in any case that a high wall stood here in the period of occupancy of House O. 
 
 The vestibule, which extends across the whole width of the house, is l.r)0 m. de<'p. Like the 
 portico, it was found bare of all furniture, but the door into the megaron is clearly indicated. It 
 is 0.78 m. wide and is sitmited near the south wall, being, therefore, considerably o\it of the axis of 
 trhe room. 
 
 The megaron is 4.00 ni. long. Its hiost interesting feature is the foundation in the northwest 
 corner enclosing an area 1 .00 m. wide by 1 .80 m. long. .\t (irst sight it is tempting to hmk for n 
 cupi)oard at this point, but it seems more likely that the whole space \\:i> r.ii-ed -liu'liilv abovi- the
 
 94 KORAKOU 
 
 level of the floor of tlie nxim. aii<l tlial tlie foundation as preserved is, therefore, merely a low 
 retaininK wall. The elevated platform mi^ht then be a bed. 
 
 House () is much smaller than the other houses diseu.ssed above, and apparently no interior 
 cohnnns were nece.s.^ary. In the meparon, however, we should, on the analogy of the other 
 megara at Korakou. cxiieel a shapetl pillar-base. The absence of tliis base, tonellicr witli the 
 absenee of a hearth and the faet that the walls of House () appear to be eonneeteil both north antl 
 south wit hot her si ruetnres, suggest that O maybe not an independent dwelling, but iicrhap.'; a sep- 
 arate.set of ajjartments in a larger house (.or possibly a very late reeonstruction t. .Vbout .").()() m. 
 directly south of the portico is, in faet, a small group of walls in which might be recognized llie 
 foundation of the gateway or vestibule opening into this larger house (cf. i)lan, Pi..\tk VIII). 
 .\ very late Mycenaean construction projecting into what woidd be the southeast corner of this 
 iniilding lias destroyed all chance of recovering its jiian. In the area just north of tiie gateway 
 
 1—1 
 
 M. 
 
 FiGURB 12.3. Plan of House O, Third Late IlEix.^nir Period. 
 
 (Fig. 124), and accordingly within the presumable megaron, was found a small piece of painted 
 wall-plaster — the only frag.nient of fresco that has uji to the present time come to light at Korakou. 
 It is not large enotigh to give an idea of the subject of 1 lu^ painting. The colois used are orange, 
 purple, blue, and black. 
 
 Just to the north of House O is a curious narrow room or passage, evidently belonging to the 
 larger building. Although it has a length of 9.05 m., its width averages no more than 1.35 m. 
 Toward its eastern end, against the north wall, is a small hearth, roughly semicircular in shape. 
 Not far from it to the south and east were t'oiind a number of frai;iiicn1s of bronze, both worked 
 and unworked. The work(>d pieces seem to be from the socket of a spear. There were also a 
 good many potsherds lying about, including almost the whole of an unpainted buff cylix. 
 
 Apart from the buildings descrilied above, no complete house-plans were recovered. Some of 
 the rooms and portions of rooms laid bare deserve, however, a few remarks. 
 
 In the area (marked K on the plan) immediately to the west of House L there seems to have 
 been a large house in the early ])art of the Third Late Helladic period. It is ai)parently separated 
 from House L by a jiassage similar to that between House L and House M. This alley was walled
 
 THE ARCHITECTURE 95 
 
 up in the Ritcst Mycenaean period of reconstruction. A pivot-stone set close to the wall of Hou.se 
 I> show.s that a door opened into the passage from the south. The IniikiinK itself has evidently 
 .suffered from repeated destruction, restoration, and alteration, and in consequence the area now 
 presents a puzzling complex of partially demolished walls, some superpo.^ed on others, making it 
 impossible to gain anythinti more than a general idea of the original plan. This plan pn.l.al.ly 
 included an entrance or gateway on the .south side leading into a large court or niegaron of the 
 type seen in House P, behind which t here were two or more chand)ers. Not much of this structure 
 is now i)reserved. The existing remains are the following: 
 
 In the southwest corner of the area is a small complex of walls, forniinga room3.18 ni. X 2.W m., 
 which resembles a gateway. A doorway in the north wall of this preserves a threshoUl of worn 
 rough stones and a small pivot-stone on its west side. The threshold and the upper part of tlu- 
 walls of the gateway date from the very latest Mycenaean occupation of the site ami arc prob- 
 
 .■-'A'^fr^- 
 
 >^'p 
 
 FiorRE 124. Reqion Sodth of Hodse O. 
 
 ably connected with the late buililing, the erection of which causeil the demolition of the south- 
 east corner of the original neighboring house O Icf. above j). 04). In their Iciwer part, however, 
 the walls seem to go back to an earlier plan. 
 
 The space directly to the north is somewhat more clear of semi-tleinolished walls than the rest 
 of the area, and it is here that I would r(>cogniz(? the earlier megaron or court. In this region were 
 uncov(M'(Ml three or four large irregular fragments of a solid artilicial pavement which is made of 
 some sort of natural cement, very hard and apparently containing lime. This presmnably (U>ce 
 covered I lie enl ire iiicf::ircpii. In the e;ist ci'Mtral part of this space is a iM'arth pavc^l with [vitshenis 
 and clax'. Farther to the east, against a section of what, was presumably the esust wall of the mega- 
 ron, is -A semicircular pavement of large flat blocks of coarse conglomerali'. It has a radius of m. 
 1.25 m. and has a sligiilly concave surface. In its western edge slamls a ihii-k flat slab of soft 
 greenish stone, set on end, and |)roj(M-ling ((.Id ni. above the pavement. It mcjksuros l).'A\ ui. X 
 (111! m., is rounded on its short, and Hat on its long .si(h'S. The sha|M' of the stone suggt-sls that 
 it may be a piilar-ba.se, shaved off on two sides. On thei-ast side of the wall a narrow gutter built 
 of stones .set on ('dgi? apparently servod to drain the paved area.
 
 <I0 
 
 KORAKOU 
 
 Noitli of the prt>suinal)lo iiK'Karoii there may have been two large chambers side by side. The 
 eastern of tliese was at some hiter date in Late Helladic III divided into a northern and a southern 
 room by a liailly l>\iill tross wall of only one course. The southern room Ihvis formed has now 
 only fragini'iils of wall rcmainiufj on its south and west sides. Its eastern end was paved with 
 small stones. Auainst the jjoorly built dividing wall (tn ilic north), and approxiuKilcly in llic axis 
 of the room, is a curious pavement of stone, roughly cinidar in shape, with a diameter of 1.10 ni. 
 It extends partly imder the wall and consecpiently seems to belong to the earlier period of the huge 
 chand)er, being in fact in the middle line of this latter. The northern room has walls of solid con- 
 struction on the north and east, imdoubtedly a heritage from the earlier period; on the south is 
 the late partition wall already nictil ioncd. and a siiiiilaii>- ill-cniist iiirlcd wall closes the room 
 on the west. The corners of thest^ walls do not form right angles, and the opposite side walls are 
 ;\ccordingly not parallel. The room nieasnr(>s a|)pro\iinMtely ;i).') m. X .t.OO m. The floor consists 
 
 FiouRK 12.5. Laucic .■^tcini: riiui:siioi.i) i\ Wimii Akk (ft \ mm. ami a I'ivot-holk. 
 
 of trodden earth. Near the middle of it is a paved hearth, and some distance north of it a peculiar 
 tongu(^ of clay, raised above the level of the floor, projects fi'om the north wall. There seems to 
 have been some sort of opening in the wall .'it this point, but it docs not resemble a doorway. No 
 explanation of this arrangement was found, nor was there anj' indication as to the position of the 
 door of the room. 
 
 The western chamber lacks a wall on the south, as well as on the west. The only evidence that 
 it is a room at all is the presence of a hearth, near which lies the customary flat stone, while a small 
 platform paved w'ith sea pebbles stands clo.se beside it. 
 
 Northwest of Hou.se 1., in the region letter<(l X on the plan, are two walls, the eastern 9.80 m., 
 the western 8.00 ni. in length, built of fairly solid material, approximately parallel, and 1.6.5 m. 
 to 1.80 in. apart. Their relation to each other is not very clear, but they appear to be exterior 
 walls of two neighboring houses, with a narrow alley between them. No other walls of these houses 
 could, however, be identified. The passage seems to have been enclosed at some time, for the 
 remnants of a cross wall at its north end are still preserved, and 6.5.T m. farther south is a partially 
 demolished foun<iation projecting into the area from the west. It doc^s not extend all the way across 
 the passage but stops O.O.o m. bet ore reaching the east wall; perhaps there was a small gate here.
 
 THE ARCHITECTURE 
 
 On the *ther hand it is not impossible that the foundation just mentioned was intended for a 
 buttress strengthening the west wall. Traces of similar constructions, which may have served as 
 buttresses, exist at two points projecting northward from the long north wall of the rear rooma in 
 arcsa K doscribtid above; and .still another is attached to the oast wall of the same building, jutting 
 into t][f: alley between the latter and House L. These buttresses are 0.45 m. to U..'>0 m. thick and 
 liav(; a i)rojecti()n of 1.00 m. Another tyiK" of buttress— if it is a buttress— may l3e seen at 
 I lie north end of House P. Hero, by the ad«htion of a number of fairly largo stones, the thick- 
 ness of the wall is increa.soil OM^ m. to 0.50 m. for a dis- 
 tance of 2.00 m. This thickening of the wall does not fall 
 exactly in the middle of the north end of the house, but 
 slightly west of it, — just far enough to the east, however, to 
 meet the interior partition wall (cf. plan, Fig. llli. 
 
 .\l the edge of the i)lutT, t)..')0 in. north of House 1' and ca. 
 0.18 m. i)elow the level of the Hoor of Hou.se P, is a massive 
 flat block of hard conglomerate cut to form a threshold for a 
 door swinging northward. The stone measures 1.74 m. X 
 0.87 in. The cutting in iIk; edge of the top for the door-sill 
 has a width of 1.48 ni. .\t the ejust end of the rutting is a 
 round pivot-hole (diameter, 0.08 m., depth, 0.05 m.), but 
 there is no corresponding hole at the west end. There was, 
 therefore, a single door of very large dimensions, which swung 
 on a wooden jxtst, set — perhaps with a heel of bronze — into 
 the |)iv<)t-hole. The stone with the cutting for the sill is 
 shown in Figure 125. .\ fragment of wall running ea-stward 
 seems to belong to th(> room to which the tiircshold gave 
 entrance, but the room itself lay to the north and has, along 
 with the whole northern edge of the mound, fallen away 
 toward the sea. The seaward face of the bluff, which be- 
 neath the prehistoric deposit is composed of soft conglomerate, 
 overlying a stratum of hard clay, is now very precipitous 
 (Fig. 126), and below, between its base and the sea, are many hug<; bouldei-s which have evidently 
 lirok(!n away lidin I he I op and roiled downwaril, carrying with them all the remains of the nortliern 
 part of the settlemeiil . I n .Mycenaean times the hill probablyextontled eight or ten metres farther 
 north than it does at present. Th(^ monuniental threshold block obviously iM'longed to a more 
 pret(!ntious building — and one perhaps somewhat earlier in date— than any of those descrilx'd 
 above. By the whim of Fortune it may be just the pahice of Korakou that time and weather have 
 precipilaleil into tlie ( 'oiiiil luaii ( lulf. 
 
 Distant ;}.7."i m. to the south of the large thnislwdd, and almost in its axis, is a small circular 
 foundation of rough stones, 0.05 m. in diameter. It wsis covered and surroumled by a thick layer 
 of .islies, containing a considerai)l(! number of animal bones and a largo ma.ss of |Mitjdu'rds which 
 penult led I he restoration often complete va-scs. The circular foundaticm c()rros|)onds wi-ll luilh in 
 K^vel and position with the threshold, and the two seem undoubtedly U* Mong to the same s\-sU'm. 
 The area south of the (breshold block may, in fact, 1h! the fore-court of the nu-ganm which lay to 
 
 iciijui; lliO. XoHTii Kdck of Till-: 
 Hill ok Kor.^kou.
 
 98 KORAKOU 
 
 the nortli. and in that case \vp may have in tlic circular foundation the remains of an altar analogous 
 to that in the court of the larue megaron of the jialaee at Tiryns. The small "altar" at Korakou, 
 however, does not, like its Argolic counterpart, enclose asacrificiiil pit, hut has a continuous solid 
 foundation. 
 
 Reference has already heen made to the steepness of the northern edge of tlic hill. It is, in 
 fact, so precipitous as to provide a sufficient natural defence against attack, and it seems unlikrl\-, 
 accordingly, that this side of the settlement was ever fortified. If. nevertheless, a wall was erected 
 here, it has heen carried down into the sea hy the land-slide which destroyed the palace as well, 
 and no traces of its former existence remain. The gentle slope on the landward side of the niounil, 
 on the contrarj', woidd seem to have made a defensive work necessary. T" llii' eiisl an<l soutli no 
 remains of a wall have yet been uncovered, hut there is a well-marked line of terracing along which 
 the owner of the field asserts a very large amount of stone has heen extracted, .\ltliough at the 
 one point where digging was atteini)ted no trace of such structure came to light, it is not impossi- 
 ble that this contour of terracing follows the course of a town wmU. 
 
 On the western side of the hill, well <l(iwti the slope, a trial i)it revealed what appears to be a 
 massive wall with a huge .scpiare tower jirojecting to the west. The ])it. which was dug in the last 
 days of the campaign, proved too small to disclose the total dimensions of the wall; l)ut this latter, 
 though built of small stones, is more than 2.00 m. thick and exceeds 1.70 m. in height. The tower 
 projects 10.00 m. to the west and has a face 9.55 m. broad. Beyond the tower the wall had been 
 traced southward for a distance of 10.00 m. more when the end of the campaign necessitated the 
 postponement of further investigation. Until fresh digging is undertaken, therefore, it cannot he 
 considered definitely estal)lished that the remains in cjuestion belong to a town wall, nor can their 
 date be inferred with certainty. From the fact that Mycenaean potsherds were still found at a 
 depth of 1.90 m. below ground west of the wall, there is, however, a strong prohahility that we 
 have here a structure of the Late Helladic Period. 
 
 From the foregoing account of the arcliitectiiral remains of tlic Third Late IlcUailic Period it 
 is evident that methods of building had not greatly changed since the Middle Ilelladic Period as 
 represented by House F (cf. p. 76 above). The stone foundation, supporting a structure of crude 
 brick, is, indeed, somewhat more solidly built, corresponding to the enlarged dimensions of the 
 buildings themselves. Coincident, apparently, with this increase in size, is the introduction of 
 pillars, set on flat stone bases, to support the heavier roof. No change, however, appears in the 
 building materials or in the construction of floor and hearth. Turning to the designs of houses, 
 we see that the megaron type of dwelling still prevails, but the apsidal has given way entirely to a 
 quadraiigiUar house-plan; and we find it is now customary to add a rear chaniber or two heliind 
 the megaron. 
 
 The ordinary private house at Korakou toward the end of tlie Late Helladic occupation of the 
 site was a long quadrilateral building. Tliere was some freedom of orientation; of the houses 
 described above two faced west, and at least three were turned toward the south. None ajjparently 
 looked to the north, which woidd have exposed them to the violent wind that occasionallj' sweeps 
 across the Corinthian Ciulf. At one end of the building, either the .south or the west in the cases 
 that came to light,was an entrance through a portico or vestibide into a large megaron. This 
 latter was ordinarily roofed, but in one case possibly in part open to the sky. Near the centre of 
 the megaron was a hearth, and close t>y it stood a shaped pillar-base. From the fact that one such
 
 THE ARCHITECTURE 99 
 
 carved pHhir-base was found associated with the hearth iii every well preserved megaron, while 
 casual flat stones were used as bases for the other pillars in the room, it seems likely that the 
 shaped base supported a "baetylic" pillar, with which the household worship was connected. 
 This jiillar, though presumably different iated from the other supports in the house, was proba- 
 bly, like them, made of wood. The ordinary pillar was very likely no more than a stout wooden 
 post. Tlic disposition of the jjillars shows considerable variety. In one instance they are 
 arranged in a single row down the axis of the house; in another thej' appear to form a colonnade 
 round the sides of the megaroii; while in a third there is one large central column ba.«e. The nK>f 
 was prol)ably made of rafters su|)pi>rting small branches or reeds covered with day. Behind the 
 mcfiaidn was an inner clianilx'r. or in some cases two, each normally provided with a hearth. 
 These clKiinbcrs seem to have hail nii other entrance than that from the meguron; no trace of a 
 rear door was discovered. Doors were |)robably made of wood, swinging, on a post set in a pivot- 
 liole, against a sill cut in stone. Evideiu-e is largely lacking, l)Ut in the better houses, at least, 
 I here is reason to bclicNc thcic were substantial thresholds, each fashioned out of a large block of 
 stone in w hirh t he door-sill am! a i)ivoi-li(>l<' were cut. Single doors seem to have been the rule in 
 these houses; no threshold with pivot-holes for a double door came to light. The indications are 
 that walls were generally not i)lastered with anything more pretentious than clay; only one small 
 fragnuMit of a true wall ])taster was recovered. In almost ever>' instance where a hearth was laid 
 bare, one or more flat stones were found in I lie immediate vicinity, manifestly having .served some 
 purpose in connection with cooking operations over the fire. In .several rooms, usually in a corner. 
 was a slightly elevated platform paved with small stones or pebbles, po.ssibly a bed. This ends 
 the brief list of the simple furniture surviving from the houses of the latest .settlenu>nt at Korakou.
 
 C:iIAPTEIl IV 
 
 THE TOMBS 
 
 FIRST STRATUM— EARLY TIKI.I.ADK" PERIOD 
 
 No graves of the Early Helladic Period have yet come to light at Korakou, but the rock-cut 
 tombs discovered at Old f'nrinth in 1800 are shown by the vases found in thoin to bolonR to the 
 early i)art of this period and may, until further evitlencc is forthcoming, be provisionally taken as 
 typical. These' are constnicted in the form of two small, roughly oval chambers opening at oppo- 
 site sides — north and soxith — from the bottom of a rectangular vertical shaft, all cut in the rock. 
 From the small size of the chambers and their shape, as well as from the indications furnished by 
 the position of the bones, it was evident that the bodies were placed in a contracted attitude — 
 an arrangement familiar now from other prehistoric graves both on the Greek mainland and on 
 the Islands. It should be noted, however, that these rock-cut grave-ihamhersopenuigfrom a 
 shaft are totally different from the ordinary cist tombs belonging to the corresponding Early 
 CyclaiUc Period in the Islands. B\it near Chalcis in Euboea Papavasiliou has found a closely 
 related type, consistijig of single grave-chanibers opening from vertical shafts cut in the r(i<'k.- 
 
 SECOND STRATUM— MIDDLE HELLADIC^ PERIOD 
 
 At a depth of 1 . 10 ni. near tlu; north edge of t he hill, underneath two walls of the Late Helladic 
 Period, a small pithos of Mattpainted ware was found which proved to be an interment. The pithos 
 
 lay on its side, with its mouth toward the east (Fig. 127). 
 Although cracked in many places, it still retained its shape 
 fairly well. A large bowl of polished red ware was originally 
 l)l:iced across the mouth as a cover, but, having been criished 
 into fragments by the weight of the earth over it, had fallen 
 away to the north side.' Inside the pithos were the bones of 
 two infants. One child was larger than the other; we esti- 
 iiiaicd its age at approximately two years, while the other 
 » was hardlj' more than a new-born infant. The bones were 
 V(>ry fragile and crumbled when touched. No orderly ar- 
 rangement could lie made out; the bones seemed distuibetl 
 and mixed together. Two skulls were fouiul, one measuring 
 (I. It ni. long and 0.13 m. wide, while (lie other was consid- 
 
 FlGtlKE 127. PlTHOS-nnRIALOPTwO 
 
 Small Infants, Middle Helladic 
 Period. 
 
 'A.J.A., I, 1S97, pp. 313 ff., FiKs. 1 .and 2. 
 
 ' lIo?ro/3o(7iXeJou, Ufpl tojv iv V.vpola '\pxaiuf Tq0w>', pp. 2 ff., and I'ls. I, 
 
 III, IV, VI, X, XII. 
 
 ' The pithos restored is shown in Figure 28; the bowl in F'igure 25. 
 
 100
 
 THE TOMBS 
 
 Kil 
 
 on.I.l.v ^ih.all.r. !'...tl, wen- near the bottom of the pithos. Apart from the buia-s, i.o other ol,- 
 j.-.ts wen- <li.s<<,vc.n.,l in tl,,. jar. AltliouRl. all (he fragments of the pithoK and the bowl were 
 SatlK-rcl up with as umch laiv as possible, it became evi.leiit when the ..herein were joine.l (o^.-lher 
 (hat neither of the vessels was eomplete. The explai.atioi. of this fact is not .liffieult to fin.J. 
 Whole vases of tlie size required for a burial were without .loubt somewliat expensive an<i valuable; 
 for the sake of economy. 1l„r.-fore, linjken or .lamaRed vessels whieh were no longer useful were 
 made to serve their new puri)ose. In a similar way at Orchom.-no.s' bodies were found buried 
 iK-iieatii half pithoi, and at Zerelia= the same method was u.sed b.r the interment of a ehild. 
 
 .\iH.11i.r -rave was found in the an^lc of two narrow walls of the Middh- Helladir I'eriod to 
 the northwest of I he large Mycenaean threshold block mentioned above (p. 97). The space 
 
 KlCUUK I'JS. IntHAMUUAL HuIUAL ok an InKANT, MlI>[>Li: IICLLAblC I'kKIOI). 
 
 occu])ied by the burial was very small, measuring nnl.\' (1.17 m. X O.UO m. The liodv la> on lis 
 left side in a contracted attiliidc, with the hea<l toward the east. The head had been thrust for- 
 ward on I he chest , ])reswmalil>' ^\ it h I he object of filt iiijj t ii<' iic.dy into t he limited s|>ace available. 
 Tlic lioncs were very jxiorly picscivccl. but fr.ijinicnts of a ratlins showed that I he arms werefohU-d 
 l)ack over the breast with the hands before the face (['in. I'JS). The extreme meiistiremenl of 
 the skull from front to back was O.b') m. In the prave itself nolhinR was found .save the bom's. 
 Hound about it, however, were a few scattered sherds of Minyan ware. It is evident that we are 
 here dealing with the intramural interment of an infant — a tyjie of burial well known at other 
 sites, especially at Phylakopi,' where it belongs to a corresponding period. The pithos-grave 
 described above is, no doubt, likewise of the same type. 
 
 ' Wucc 1111(1 Tlioiiipsoii, I'rehisloric Thessaly, p. I'Jt). 
 
 '^ I'rehisloric Thcssabj, p. IGI. 
 
 ' Uawkins and Droop, B. S. A., XVII, pp. GJI.
 
 IIIIKI) STUATl'M l.ATi; 111.1. 1. Al )li I'liKlol) 
 
 Tliici' nra\cs prcplmliiy from the i-iid of tlic Second l.alc llcUiKlic Period were found, all dose 
 together, alxnil ;5.')() ni. nortli of the northeast ehainlierof House P. .\il three were simple earth 
 burials. 
 
 (iR.WK J. This lay at the bottom of a small circular siiaft whii'h >iraduall\ widened ovit to 
 form an oval urave-eluunber measuring 0.50 lu. across an<l 1.00 ni. in iengtli, north and south. 
 Shaft and grave were inilined, b\it the soft, loose soil within them, contrasting with the harder 
 surrcnmding earth, made them easily distinguishable. The pit began at a depth of 0.50 m. below 
 the ]>resent surface of the ground and extended 1.00 m. deeper before reaehini; the grave projier. 
 Along the east side of the grave is an early wall of the Middle Helladic Period, which, continuing 
 northward at. 0.15 m. beyond the grave, turns at right angles toward the east. The body lay on 
 its left side in a contracted attitutle, with head to tlie north. The bones were in a l>a(l state of 
 preservation and very fragile. Passing round tlic neck and rxl('n<liiig down to llic breast was a 
 necklace made of a double row of beads of glass paste, green, blue, and w liitc and black. Most of 
 the beads were tiat-round in shape (ca. 0.01 m. thick); two were sligiitly smaller and furrowed 
 longitudiiudly ; one was pear-shaped; and oiu' cylindrical. These beads wei'e extraordinarily 
 fragile and many crumbled into powdery fragments at the slightest touch. There were perhaps 
 100 to 120 all told, of which it was po.ssible to extract oidy til whole (Fig. 130, Nos. 12 to 22). At 
 the southwest corner of the grave, just beyoiul the feet, were three small vases: a goblet on a low 
 stem, a squat bowl, and a vessel with a spout and a basket handle; while farther to the north, 
 near the mid<lle of the grave, but against its west side behind the body. la>' two inorc vases: a 
 small mug and an askos (Figs. 73 aiul 74), The necklace and the chaiaclcr of these small vases 
 seem to indicate that the grave was that of a young gii 1. 
 
 CiUAVK IT, Lying ca. 0.35 m. north of Grave I, and i)arlly alongside the above-mentioned wall 
 after its turn eastward, was the second |;rave. It ran east and west, wiih a length of O.UI) in, and 
 a width of 0.35 ni. to 0.40 ni. It was at the same lc\-el as ( Irave 1 ami Imilt in I lie same wa>'. Imt 
 the traces of the shaft were less clear. The bones were sonicwiiat smaller and cxcn iikh'c fi-agile 
 than those of (Jrave I. The body lay extended on its back, with head to west and arms at sides. 
 .Just south of the head, and a little above it in level, were two small vases: a stenuned goblet with 
 sim])le ornamentation and a plain unpainted jug (Fig. 79). Nothing el.se was found in the grave, 
 save a flat white pebble with a rude cross scratched upon it (Fig. 130, No. 11). 
 
 Grave III. Ca. 2.00 m. to the southwest of Grave I, and approxinuitely at the same level, a 
 third grave was uncovered, lying beneath a poorly built wall of the Third Late Helladic Period. 
 The construction of the grave was similar to that of the two preceding. Oriented from south- 
 east to northwest, it had a length of 0.50 m. and a width of 0.35 m. The body lay on its right 
 side in a contracted position, with head to the southeast. The bones were in an extreme state of 
 dissolution, but it was possible to measure the skull, which had a length from front to back of 
 0.15 m., and a thigh-bone, which was 0.215 m. long. The arms were evidently laid over the breast, 
 for the finger-bones were found close to the chin. No objects were discovered in this grave. 
 
 It is clear that all three graves described above were those of children, and their position almost 
 in the centre of the settlement, with houses on all sides, shows that we have here in the Late Hel- 
 ladic Period, just as we have seen in the Middle Helladic Period, instances of the intramural
 
 THE TOMBS 103 
 
 burial of gliildiTii. The tomhs of adults, on the other hauii, are uiulnubtodly to U- isought uutMde 
 the limits of the settlement. 
 
 It is interestiufi to note that in these graves of the Second Lale llelladie IVriod al Korakou there 
 is a])|):irciill,\- no canniiical posiiidn for tiic body. One lay on its left si<le, one on its riglit, and one 
 on its hack. .Vjiain. two were iiilcrred in a eontraeted attitude, and one stretched out at full 
 leiifit h. In one ease the head is turned toward the north; in another toward the west ; and in the 
 third toward the southeast. The fact that the graves were all so close togelher suBKf«ts that all 
 three children belonged to the same family; and as a further conjecture it might l)e suggested that 
 the family was tlial whicii occupied the palace mentioned above (p. 97). The graves would then 
 lie in the eastern part of the court before the megaron.
 
 CIIAITKIJ V 
 
 MlSCEl.LANEOU.S TIND.S 
 IMIJST STHATCM— KAHLY IIKLLADK* PIIHIOD 
 
 MiscELLANKOVs fiiuls I'lDiii t lie fiist stiatuiii wt'it' iK)t VL'iy iiimiridus. Tlicv iiichidc the I'lil- 
 lowiiif; siiuiU objects: 
 
 TiiKKAC'OTTA. — Fragment of a figurine (?). — A small Iraniiiciit nl pciuliar slia|)c, painlcil in 
 tlic patterned style (cf. ahove p. 8), wliich docs not I'onn a iccogiiizaMc part of a vase. Tlioiiuli 
 it is almost ('(Hially difficult to ill it iiiln a fin'ui'iiic, it may iiclonti to a stcatopyfrous l,\pc ol' (he 
 latter. 
 
 Spimlle ivhorls. — .S(iiiat shape with Hat i)oltom and rounded sides, 4 (.Fig. 12U, N'os. 1 and 2); 
 pear-shaped, 1 (Fig. 129, No. 3); flat, made from a potsherd, 1. 
 
 Flat disk. 
 
 Clay. — FraKments of four peculiar cylinders of unbaked clay. They are O.OH m. hip;h and 
 U.045 m. in diameter, and are pierced lonjritudinally with two small holes 0.004 m. in dianu'ter, 
 
 
 J 
 
 
 
 \ 
 
 % 
 
 _/ 
 
 ^ ' V) 
 
 2 
 
 
 3 
 
 
 4 
 
 
 6 
 
 ■' '■■'■'^':i'A. 
 
 •'7 ' ' " 
 
 i_. 
 
 
 
 
 — 1— -™— -i^rZh 
 
 Figure 129. Miscell.\neous Objects, Early Hkllauit Pioriod". 
 
 aiul 0,01 m. apart. These holes are evidently intended for strings, and the cylinders may be 
 loom-weights (Fig. 129, Nos. 4 and 5). 
 
 Bone. — Fragments of two bone pins, one highly polished. 
 
 Bronze. — Fragment of a small pin. One shapeless fragment. 
 
 Marble.— A small pestle, 0.043 m. long and 0.024 ni. in diameter. The ends arc rounded and 
 the sides slightly concave. 
 
 Stone. — One pounder of hard stone, oval in shape, 0.0G5 in. long. 
 
 Obsidian. — A large number of flakes and a few fragments of knife-blatles. 
 
 104
 
 MISCELLANEOUS TlNDS 
 
 1(1.1 
 
 ' SECOND STHATUM— MIDDLE HELLADIC I'EUKtD 
 
 Tlio second stratum was even more barren of iniscellaueoiis Kntis than (lie first aii*l yielded only 
 the following oljjects: 
 
 Terracotta. — Spindle xvhorh. — Fairly large: conoiil, 2; flat conoid, 1. 
 
 Bone. — A small pin. 0.058 m. long, with enlarged head (Fig. I'M), No. 2). Head of a small 
 l)in, O.OIjri m. long (Fig. lliO, No. 1). Pin without head, 0.088 m. long (Fig l-ii \'.. :!i \« 
 implement made of a i)ioce of sharpenetl bone, 0.081 m. long (Fig. 130, No. 6). 
 
 A k 
 
 ® 
 
 % 
 
 
 12 
 
 s @ 
 
 10 14 
 
 15 
 
 20 
 
 ^ i^ im 
 
 17 21 
 
 18 
 
 
 22 
 
 KiGUKK 130. Miscellaneous Finus, Middle a.vd Late Helladu' Periods. 
 
 Sto.\E —One pounder, roughly oval, of hard stone. O.Otil m. I'>i'«- 
 
 Obsuman.-Two small arrow heads of the barbed type (Fig. 130, Nos. 4 and 5). and a large 
 
 number of flakes. 
 
 THIRD STilATUM-L.VTi: 1I1;LI..\1>1C I'KIMnn 
 LATE HELLADIC I 
 Rone -A snudl spool, or spool-shaped bead, 0.021 n,. l.mg and 0.018 n.. to 0.02 m. .n d.a.n- 
 ..„.,•. TlH. iH.le is very large, .neasuring 0.011 n,. .n dumu-ter. A slightly ra,.<e.l r.dge runs 
 n.un.l I he middle of the spool (Fig. 130. No. 10). 
 
 No other nuscellancous objects ca.ne to light fron. the lower part of the th.rd stratu.u.
 
 106 
 
 KORAKOU 
 
 i.ATi; iii:i.i,.\i)ic 11 
 
 CihAss Tasti;. — A necklace cuiisisliiif!; of appioxiiiiately 120 beads of green, hllie, and white and 
 Mack glass paste. As stated above (p. 102) only (51 of these were recovered whole. The various 
 shapes of these beads are illustrated in Figure 130, Nos. 12 to 22. 
 
 Stonk. — A small flat pebble (Fig. 130, No. 11) on wliiiii is scraiilied a cross (cf.aliovc p. 102). 
 
 Stkatitk. — A small Mat gem. very iiadl>- worn, wliirh h;is cut in il a rcprcsenlat ion of ii l)ull 
 with long ciirved horns, charging spiritedly to the right. .Viiove his hack is something dilKcult to 
 nuike oiit, which may be meant for foliage beyond him, or perhaps an acrobat vaulting over him 
 
 ".' 
 
 
 14 
 
 FiGUKic 13t. Teur.\iott.\ FiiiUKi.NEs, TimiD L.\TE Hell.\dic Pehiod. 
 
 (Fig. lliO, No. 7). Tliis gcui has evidently been much worn as an amulet or l)ea(l; tlic string hole 
 has broken through on the reverse side for most of its extent. 
 
 In connection with the above may be mcutionecl two other similai' gems which could not be 
 dated from their place of finding. Their character seems, however, to attrilnite them rather to 
 Late Helladic III than to Late Helladic II. The better of these (Fig. 130, No. 8), though well 
 preserved, is of much inferior workmanship to the foregoing. It shows a stag to left, with head 
 turned back oN'cr his shoulder. The stag is I'athei- carelessly cut in a strained altitude, leaning 
 backwartl, and with thick elongated legs. Before, above, and below him are what appear to be 
 fronds of palm trees. The other gem (Fig. 130, No. 9) is not very well preserved, nor is its work- 
 manship of much merit. A conventionalized cuttle-fish is represented.
 
 MISCELLANEOUS FINDS ,07 
 
 I.ATi: IlKLLADIC III 
 T..;K>iACOTTA.-F«/M,me,s.-lMagnu.nts of twenty-tw,. HK,ni.„.s ^,vrc l,r..UKl,t t.. li^ht Five 
 ol tlic-se arc .nerHy bases, ami five are heads. The others represent the following tvpes: 
 (1) Flat, with wiiiK-like projections from the shouhh-rs. 
 
 (a) (Fig. 131. Nos. (i, N, 1:5. 1 n. Tl,, iH.a.l is thin an.l rather shapeles.s with a large pro- 
 jecting ridge for the nose, on eaeh side of which is painted a round d.,t representing the eye. 
 The head is either hare (Fig. 1.31, No. o) or wears a high bonnet with flat (Fig. i:jl, Xos. 3. 'Jl'or 
 concave (Fig. 131, No. 4j to],. In the fir.st ca.se tiie hair a,,pears in one central braid in' relief 
 
 KuiOKE Vi2. TeRK.\COTT.\ FiUUUKS ok A.VlMAl.s, Pllllll) l.ATi; llcLLAUIC rKIIIUI). 
 
 riuiniiig (l(]\vii 1 he middle of the back. In the second case there is no braid, but a number of 
 jjainted locks. The sex of the figurine is indicated by conspicuous breasts. The lower part of 
 the figure, below the waist, has mereh' the form of an eli'V.ated round base with flat hollow bottom. 
 Six examples belong to this tyi)e. which is the most common at Korakon -itiil w fnnitiii fn.in 
 almost all Mycenaean sites. 
 
 (h) (Fig. IMI. Xo. 12). I'hii ligurincs like the abcvc, bill wish no breasts indicated. Only 
 one specimen. 
 
 .Vmong the five heads miiiiiipncd almvc there is one (Fig. 131, No. 3) on which I he eyes are ren- 
 dered plastically by two small lumps of clay, instead of by painteil dots, .\notlier (Fig. 131,
 
 108 
 
 KORAKOU 
 
 No. 10) wears a Ixinm-t willi cDiicavc ti)]), tlic sides of wliicli aic ilnnc in open wmk, inslcid of 
 tlie more usual cKiscd varii-ty. A mw of dots rouiKJ tlie lliroat pinlialilx n picsciils a lu'ikhui'. 
 
 (2) Flat figurines without wiun-likc i>iojoctious frojii siioidilt'is. 
 
 (a) The shoulders are nu-rely rounded, and no arms are indicated. Breasts arc pnniiiiicnt . 
 Three examples were found (Fig. 131, Nos. 2, ">, 11). 
 
 (6) Like the foregoing. Hat witii rounded shoulders, liul arms are clearly modelled; llie left 
 down the side and then l)ent up toward I lie breast, tlie li^lit exten<le(l down ovei' the alidonien. 
 One specimen (Fig. i;U, No. 7). 
 
 CHj 
 
 FiiioiiE 133. Miscellaneous Objects of Bronze a.nd Stone, Thiud Late Helladu; Pekiod. 
 
 (3) Modelled in the round. Part of out; figurine was found, lu^ad and lower part of Itody, fioni 
 waist down, missing. The arras arc stretched out to the sides horizontally, but bend back sharjily 
 at the elbow, so that the hands n^turn and cover the breasts. The nai'row waist is encircled by 
 a "girdle" of paint, from which on each side rises a narrow band up to the armpit. The bust is 
 decorated with vertical wavy lines; on the back is a hatched triangle, its base running from shoulder 
 to shoulder and its apex reaching thi^ girdle about the waist (Fig. 131, No. 1). 
 
 Animal Figures. — Fragments of nineteen animals were found, and also three horns. The casual 
 character of the modelling and the fragmentary state of the material make it almost impossible 
 to recognix(! what animals were rejjresented. The majority arc, however, provided with horns 
 and arc probably to be identified as rams and bulls (Fig. 132, Nos. 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, and 10). One
 
 MISCELLANEOUS FINDS 109 
 
 horn certaftly belonged to a bovine animal (Fig. 132, No. 3). A few other examples without horns 
 may perhaps represent horses, and one of these, unfortunately broken at the critical point, ap- 
 parently carried a figure on its back. 
 
 Fish.— Two small fragments seem to be from the tails of fishes (Fig. 132, Nos. 1 and 2). 
 
 Sinndle u-ftoris.— Eighteen spindle whorls were found, including eight conoid, three double 
 conoid, two pear shaped, four half-spool-shaped, and one flat. 
 
 Miscellaneous.— A small flat crescent with an incised line down the middle on ciich side. 
 
 Bronze. — Knife. — In the raised platform paved with pebbles, just north of the "ba<'tylic" 
 pillar-base of House P, was found a small bronze knife of the ordinary Mycenaean type. It is 
 0.1475 m. long, the blade measuring 0.0945 m. and the tang ().().")3 m. The blade is 0.017") m. wide 
 at its widest and tapers to a point. It is still rather sharp. The handle was probably of wood 
 and was fastiMied Ijy three rivets which are still in place in the bronze tang ( Fig. 133. No. 1 ). 
 
 Pins.— Fvom House P came a round pin (Fig. 133, No. 4). It is 0.14 m. long, but the jKiint is 
 missing. It has an enlarged head decorated with a herring-bone pattern done in fine lines. .\ 
 small fibula of twisted wire was found in the rear chamber of Hou.se M (Fig. 133, Xo. til. 
 
 Chisels. — Here belong four small implements (two complete, 0.11 ni. and 0.105 m. Wuig respec- 
 tively. Fig. 133, Nos. 2 and 3; and two fragmentarj-) rectangular in cro.xs-section, with a sharpeneil 
 edge at each end. 
 
 Tij) of a sword. — A small fragment with rounded end, which had been bent (Fig. 133, No. 5). 
 
 Spcdi- soclet (from House ()). — A fragment 0.09 m. long and 0.022 m. in diameter, forming a 
 socket in which a wooden shaft was probably fixed. Two small holes opposite e:iih oijii-r in 
 the socket provide for a .single nail or rivet for fastening the shaft. 
 
 FnKjnifnls (if bronze. — Six strips fif various sizes, and three lumps, unworked. 
 
 Lead. — One flat shapeless piece. 
 
 Stk.\titk (or stone resendiiing it). — The tiro (lems mentioned ;ibov<' < p. lOti) iirobably belong 
 here. 
 
 SpinrUe irhorls of different small sizes, usually well made. Conoiil. IS. double conoid, 3; 
 button-shaped, 2; Flat round, 1. 
 
 One pnlishfiljliit Celt, triangular in shape, with blunt butt. .\ small shallow hole is bored into 
 the butt on either side perpendicular to the blade, iml does nol no llinnmh. The celt is very 
 small (Fig. 133, No. 7). 
 
 Other Kinds ofStone. — Fragment of a Inrgv jwlished Cdt with Munt Imti. The butt is bon-d 
 parallel to the blade (Fig. 133, No. 9). 
 
 One small whetstime (Fig. 133, No. 8). 
 
 I'oinMlrrs (inil (jrinderx.- -Six of liard stone, generally with at lea.^t one fl.al side .somewhat worn. 
 One of these grinders is of llie volcanic stone nf wliiiii the ordinary saddle-<|Uerns are made. 
 
 .\t ill-stones. — More than a do/en were found, of wlmli I lie gn>a( majority aiv the f.amiliar saddle- 
 (|uerns. Two or three hav(! a flat surface insleail of a concave one. 
 
 Flint. .\ nundjer of small fragmr-nis, some widi a tooth edge (Fig, 133, Nos. 10 and IP. 
 
 Obsidinn.—A great many chii)s and ll.ikes, and somi- fragments of knifi'-blades.
 
 CHAITEH VT 
 
 rOXCLUSION 
 
 CONXKCTIONS Willi o'l'llIlH SITKS 
 
 H.\viN(; ('XiiiiiiiKMl ill sdiiio dotaii the results of the cxcavalions at Korakou, we iiuist next con- 
 sider tills nuiteiial more s<'in'ially in the lifiht of its relation to tiie discoveries maile at other pre- 
 historic sites in the Aep'aii area. In this lonncction pottery naturally forms our chief standard 
 of conii)arison. Arcliitcct ure. tombs, and niiscellaneous objects, though eipiallx' important . are, 
 unfortunately, tip to the present time too scantily rei)resenled, either at Koiakou or at othei' i)re- 
 historie sites, as the case may be, to cast their share of light on the problem. We begin with the 
 Karly Helladic Period. 
 
 i;.\Hl.V TIKLLADIC PKHlol) 
 
 Potsherds representing all the classes of lOarly Helladic wai'e describccl above have been ])icked 
 up in quantities at ten othei' sites lying in the immediate neighborhood, between the Isthmus 
 and a line about two miles west of Old Corinth.' Oidy three of these sites have yet Ixmmi tested 
 by digging. In the main excavations of the American School at Old Corinth a considerable 
 amount of polished ware (cf. Class A, p. 4) and glazed ware (cf. Class B, p. (J) has been obtained ;- 
 and at Gonia and Yiriza, two points just north of the modern village of Examilia, trial pits opened 
 in I'.nti. besides uncovering walls of the period in iiuestion. jjrodticed a mass of sherds correspond- 
 ing fully with the results gained at Korakou. and furnishing several new shapes. The great 
 abundance of this pottery in the Corinthia and the variety of shapes, including many vessels of 
 very large size, iioint to local manufactm'e. The clay, furthermore, is for the most part of the well 
 known typical yellow-green Corinthian variety, .\ccordingly there seems no reason to doubt 
 that the liulk of this ware is a native Corinthian product, which, however, forms part of a larger 
 group that has a wide-spread distribution.^ For pottery of the same type, but generally of local 
 clay and with local peculiarities, has been found at the following places: Tiryns, as well as other 
 sites in the Argolid,* the Acropolis at Athens,^ Phylakopi,* Naxos,^ Syra,* and other i.slands of the 
 
 ' Sec A . ./. .1 ., XXIV, 1920, p]). 1 ff. ami p. 271 for an ac'count of these prehistoric sites. 
 
 - A full account of these wares is to be given by Dr. A. L. Walker in connection with her fnrthcdniinn piiblicaf ion 
 of the pottery found at Old (\)rinth. 
 
 ' Cf. \\'acc and 'I'lionipson, Prehixloric Thessaly, ("bail. XII and elsewhere. 
 
 * Cf. Ath. ^[itt.. XXXVIII, li)13, pp. .SS f.; p. 341. Karo, Fiihrcr ilurch die Rtiinn, rot, Tirym (Athens, 191.5), pp. 
 7 f. See also Schlieinann, Tiryns, pp. .55 ff. For "urfirnis" at Myli, I/crna, and Asinc, cf. Prehistoric Tliex.snh/, p. 224. 
 
 ' Cf. Graef, Die antiken Vasen von dcr Akropolis zii Allien, Nos. 1 to 4, Plate I, 2 to 4. A recent excavation of a 
 very small area just to the west of the Erechtheura revealed three layers of undisturbed prehistoric stratification, 
 including sherds of Early, Middle, and Late Helladic ware of the tyi)es described in this report. 
 
 « Cf. Phyhkopi. §§ 2 to 4. Dawkins and Droop, B. S. A., XVII, 1910-11, p. 1(1. 
 
 ■ Cf.npokrui, 190:5, pp. .5.5 f. (four sites); 1904, pp. .57 IT.; 1900. pp. SO IT.; 190S, pp. 11.5 IT.: 1909, pp. 209 fT.; 1910, 
 pp. 270fif.; 1911, p. X57. 
 
 »Cf. Tsountas, 'E0. 'Apx-, 1^99, i>i). 17 IT. 
 
 110
 
 CONCLUSION HI 
 
 Cy(-lades*Aulis,2 0ichomenosin Roeotia,' Diachmani,-' Haniu Marina in Phoeis.MJanokla.li in 
 the Spcrcheius valley ,« and Tsani in Thcssaly.' In other words, it occupies a compact area includ- 
 ing the whole of southeastern Greece,' and spreading out to the adjac-nl islands, with an off-shoot 
 to the north into Thessaly as well. Corinth, lying near the centre of this region, might, from it.s 
 advantageous geograpliiral position, he expected to have served as an important meeting-point of 
 comnuuiications and trade. The fact that at least eleven settlements nourished in the limited 
 district adjoining the Isthmus lends strong support to this infen-nce. which is, imleed, further con- 
 firmed hy a closer examination of the finds at Kor.akou :i< .-cmpared with those from the other 
 sites mentioned above. 
 
 Tlic pottery of tlic lowest stratum at Tiryns, discovered in the more recent excavations, ha.s not 
 yet l)eeii pulilishcd, hut in the nuiseum at Xauplia there are on exhibition examples of polished 
 ware, both unslii)ped and slipped, as well as of the varnished, patterned, and impainted fabrics 
 classified above. These seem practically identical with the vases from Korakou, and the ciiief 
 shapes represented arc also the same, namely the shallow Ikiw! or saucer, the .sauce-boat, and 
 the askos." Thus in the earliest period at Tiryns we have apparently the same ceramic history 
 that has revealed itself in the Early Helladic Period in the Corinthia. In view of this it can hardly 
 be doubted that the connection between the Argolid ;inil the renidii ni ilic Ntlunu- wi- il..-.- 
 throughout the lvni>- Ilelladic Period. 
 
 No architectural remains have yet come to light at Korakou which can be cnm|)ared witii the 
 inoiunueutal circular building recently discovered at Tiryns,'" but when tin- architecture of the 
 Eail>' Ilelladic Period is more clearly revealed by finther excavation we may confidently expi-ct 
 it to corroborate the evidence of the pottery. 
 
 Turninii ikiw to the east, we find that the characteristic polt<'ry of the Cydades in the Early 
 Cydadic Period is a hand-made ami polished ware which is fre(|uently incised with geometrical 
 jiatterns, chiefly parallel lines, hatched triangles, and spirals. This polished ware, tliotigh made 
 of local clay (which in several of the islands contains a consideral)le amount of micai, I'learly be- 
 longs to the ,same group with the ])olished ware at Korakou, At Korakou, furthermore, we have 
 seen (p. 4 ) that there were found a few sherds wit h incised decoration in i he ( "ydadic style. The 
 Corinthian examples seem to be later than tliose from Pelos," but consiilcrably i-arlier than the 
 incised ware of Syra. Ciuiously illustrative of this relation, though it may be due merely to 
 
 ' .\iiiorKos, I'aros, .Xiitiparos, and DcspDtiku, cf. Tsoimta.s, 'E0. 'Kp\., IsllS, |i|>. 1.17 fT. Siphnos, rf. 'K<^. 'Apx ■ IWW, 
 pp. y.i IT. 
 
 - ' XpxawXoyiKdf .ifXrW, I, lill,"), llopdprijjio, p. .").5. 
 
 ^ Hullc, Orchinmnox. p. 17. Sec also Sclilicrnanii, ./. //. N., II. pp. I;VJ (T. 
 
 U'f. .Sotiriadis, Atli. Milt., .\.\.\l, KMMi, pp. :{9i» ff. (liclil iif Dr. Clicva.s). In llic iiiiis<'iiin jil ( "liaiTiiiioii I null-.! 
 sherds of "iirtirnis" alonn with Snoiid Period 'riie.^sali.'iii ware from this .site. .S-e alio llfia>rika, ItHKI, p. 1^7 (tirlil 
 of Messrs. (iiaiinakopoillos and I'iperis). Kor this latter sili' .see also Ilpa^rika, PHO, p. Il'.l. 
 
 • lIpoKTiKd, 1910, pp. \iS.\ IT. and espe<iall.v Rev. Ht. dr., \\\ , 1!>|-.', pp. •-'71 ft. 
 " Cf. I'rehutnric 77if.s-,s(i/i/, pp. 177 IT. Also at .\miiri, op. cil., p. II. 
 
 • I'riltixloiir Tlii.i.i<ili). p. Il.'i. 
 
 " Karly Ilelladic pottery lia.s also Ixcn found at Elcimis, cf. '!?«. 'Ap.x.. Ittrj, p. 1.1, Kiu. 0. 1; p. Ill, Fin. S,^ Siino of 
 the pottery found at .Me^ara also proliahly lielonns to this uroup of K.irly Ilelladic wanw: cf. Alh. Mill., .\XI.\, IWM. 
 p. 9,'i. Certain va.ses found l>y I'apavasiliou in I'JilMH-a likewise lielonK hen-; ef. llatatiaaiMov. IhpJ rut <r Kithlf 
 '\p\aiui' Td(^^, .Vtheiis, litlO, pp. 1 IT. 
 
 '•' Cf. Kari), Fiihrir (lurch ilic Hiiiiini vnii Tiri/iis, p. 111. Vin-'-i. 
 
 '"Cf. Alh. Mill., X.XXVlll, I'.ilH, pp. SCi IT., :t:il IT. 
 
 "Cf. U.S.A., Ill, pp. .•i.')IT.
 
 112 KORAKOU 
 
 chance, is the fact that, whereas rectiUnear patterns — herring-bone, hatched triangles, etc. — 
 predominate in the early ware of Melos, and curvilinear designs — spirals, etc. — in the later ware of 
 SjTa, the Corinthian sherds siiow both hatched triangles antl spirals. In addition to the polished 
 ware, glazed .ind patterned faljrics, parallel to those at Korakou, also occiu- in the Cyclades. 
 Among the shapes the t^-pical saucers and sauce-boats aw. well represented.' So far as the pot- 
 terj' goes, therefore, it appears that the culture of the islands in the Early Cycladic Period corre- 
 sponds fairly closely with that of the rorinthia in the Early Helladic Period. Certain differences 
 are, however, deserving of notice. Incised ware, which is very cojnjnon in the islands, is rare at 
 Korakou and, so far as I kjiow, has been found at no other site on the mainland. Again, none of 
 the fi(hlle-shaped marble figurines so characteristic of Cycladic culture luive y(>t Ik^pu brought to 
 light at Koraktni, or indeed at other excavations on the maiidaiid.-' This latter may be partly tkie 
 to the fact that uj) to the i)re*ent time practically no graves of the lOarly Helladic Period have been 
 discovered. But it seems equally likely that Cycladic civilization, developing perhaps from the 
 same origin as its mainland counterpart, for some reason — no doubt its contact with Crete and the 
 East — advanced more rapidly than the latter and event\ially, undisturbed by pressure fiom 
 the outside, reached a higlier and difTerentiated stage. The settlements on the mainland, on \he 
 other hand, perhaps of later growtli and progressing more slowly, came to an abrupt end through 
 the intervention of an external factor before attaining their highest development. At any rate, 
 while there evidently was a general connection between the Cyclades and the settlements on the 
 mainland throughout the Early Helladic Period, the jiolished and incised wares seem to show 
 a more special bond between those islands and the Corinthia. 
 
 The quantity of Early Helladic ware found on the Acropolis at Athens is very small and need 
 not detain us loMir here. It may suffice to state that it includes slicids of ]iolislied and glazeil 
 fabrics in all respects similar to those at Korakou, and that among the shapes the sauce-boat 
 occiu's. We may proceed, then, directly to the finds in Boeotia and Phocis. 
 
 The pottery from Orchomenos has unfortunately not yet been puljlishcd, but an excellent sum- 
 mary of the results is given by Wace and Thompson;' and a full account of the discoveries at Hagia 
 Marina has been presented l)y Professor Sotiriadis.'' We see, then, that a considerable amount of 
 "urfirnis" has been brought to light, and along with it a smaller ciuantity of sherds bearing a 
 simple linear decoration in thin white on a semi-lustrous gray-black ground. This "urfirnis" is 
 essentially the same as the glazed ware of Korakou, though apparently somewhat more limited in 
 color than the latter, and among the shapes the characteristic small saucer or .shallow l)owl and tlu; 
 askos occur. The decorated (so-called Kamares) ware is practically identical \vith class C II of the 
 patterned ware at Korakou, and a large tankard similar to that from Gonia shown in Figure 11 is 
 a common shaiie. It is this giou]) tiiat is significant of special connections between Phocis and 
 tlic Istluiius. For light-on-dark ware of this type, though fairly' common in Phocis, has, up to the 
 present time, been fovmd at no southern sites save those of the Corinthia. In the museum at 
 Chaeronea I have also noted examples from Hagia Marina of the other typc^ of patterned ware, 
 with d(u-oration in dark paint on a light ground, which arc altogether similar to those of class C I 
 
 ' Cf. B. S. A., XXII, PI. VII, 2. See also 'E^. 'Apx., 1898, PI. IX; 1899, PI. VIII. 
 
 - Cf. Prehialorir Theanahj, p. 22,5. |8inop the above was written, a marble figurine of the Cycladic tyi)C has been 
 found at Zygouries, a prehistoric site near Ilagios Vasilios, excavated by the American School.] 
 •■' Prehialoric Thessaly, pp. 194 fl. 
 • Rev. f:i. Gr., XXV, 1912, pp. 2.53 IT.
 
 CONCLUSION 113 
 
 at Korabou. Here too, however, there are differences to be observed: in particular, the non- 
 occurrence in Phocisof the highly polished ware which at Corinth and in the Cydades forms the 
 earliest group. This fact might jjossibly indicate that the "urfirnis" settlements at Orchomenos 
 and Hagia Marina arc later establishments than those in the south, and begin approximately in 
 Early Helladic II as represented at Korakou. Likewise it is remarkable that no example of the 
 sauce-boat, so characteristic in the south, has yet lx>en obtained from the Piiocian site- 
 In spite of these differences the general connection with the southern sites is, ne vert hele->,.vi(i.ti i, 
 and in the light-on-dark patterned ware we see a special link between Phocis and the Corintliiit. 
 The "bothros" at Korakou also deserves mention here, since it is obviously the same kind of con- 
 struction as those at Orchomenos. The parallel is not limited to the one example at Korakou, 
 for at least three others were discovered at the neighboring site of fJonia. As at Orchomenos, 
 they were found filled with carbonized matter, bones, and potsherds, but tim-es i.f biimiiiL' «■ r.. 
 not visible. 
 
 The ■ urfirnis " of Lianokladi corresponds closely with that of the two Phocian sites and requires 
 no furtlier discussion here.' Curiously, no light-on-dark |)atterned ware was turned up at Liano- 
 kladi, though this site is not far from Hagia Marina. 
 
 The "urfirnis" at Tsani in Thessaly- does not differ materially from the corresponding ware at 
 Lianokladi. The shallow bowl .iiid I lie a,skos are typical shapes. It is interesting to note that in 
 the rugose dishes at Tsani we apiiaicntly have vessels closely resembling the baking-pans of 
 Korakou and (Ionia (cf. above p. 13). 
 
 No direct connection with Crete has yet appeared for this early period at Korakou. Tlie 
 possibility of indirect ( 'I'ctan inlluence in the light-on-dark patterned ware, though l)y no means a 
 certainty, must, liowe\'er, be recognizcnl.' 
 
 Having thus completed our bric^f survey of the sites at which Haiiy Hellailic pottery has Ih-j-h 
 discovered, we may conckule that Corinth shows conii)lete similarity with the south (Tiryns), 
 close relations witii the east (Cyclades), and special connections with the north (Phocis). It is 
 temi)ting at this |)oiiil to box the compass by continuing around to the west, but imtil further 
 evidence is available it seems wiser to refrain from emphasizing the imiMtrtance of the single Vii.se 
 which, it was suggested above (p. 14), might be an impoitation from Olyinpia. 
 
 To judge from tin- pottery, Early Helladic civilization began in the south,* apparently in the 
 Cyclades, though it very soon embraceil the adjacent shore of the mainland. Thence it gradually 
 spread inland and northward until, in the latter part of the period — that is, Early Helladic II and 
 III — it reached its widest diffusion. 
 
 MIDDLE 11K1.L.M)1( rKHloD 
 
 Tiie distribution of Minyan ware is too well kin>wn to n-cpiire restatement here.' Apart from 
 Korakou, however, six other sites in the Corinthia at which this waiv occurs have n-cently Iwconie 
 
 ' I'rehixloric Thessiily, pp. 177 IT. 
 - Prehistoric TliexKahj, p. I !•">. 
 » Rev. fit. dr.. XXV, 1!>P_', pp. 2X2 ff. 
 * Cf. I'rchi.iloric Tlicsxnhi. p. 2t."). 
 
 M'f. I'rehixtoric Thessaly, p. 2(59; Forsdyko, ./. //. N.. .\.\X1\ , I'.dt, pp. 12(1 IT.; CliiUlo, J. U.S., .WW. lltl.-i, 
 pp. lilt) IT.
 
 114 KORAKOU 
 
 known.' It thus appears that the Isthmian region is a verj'- import ant one in the sphere of Minyan 
 ware, and the material from these seven sites may not he overlooked in any fiitiii-e study of Minyan 
 pottery. 
 
 Of the two varieties which have l)e('n previously distinnuishcil, namely CJray, or northern 
 Minyan, and Argive, or southern Minyan, hotli occur freely at Ivn'akou and at (!onia. (!ray 
 Minyan is, however, far more abundant than Arrive, which is. in fact, a local i I'eloponnesian?) 
 imitation. Arjiive Minyan is almost alw.ays decorated witii simijle curvilinear patterns in incised 
 lines, and at Korukou we lind that this system of ornamentation is occasionally api)lied also to 
 Gray Minyan — a development |)erliai)s due to southern influence. In the case of llie typical 
 goblets on a hij!;h ringed stem, furtlieiinore, we have seen that Korakou furnishes a vaiiety of 
 examples, in which the number of raised rings varies fioni one to eight, repi-esentinii, therefore, 
 both the southern and the northern types. 
 
 In addition to the two classes mentioned above, th(> excavations at Korakou produced also a 
 great mass of Yellow Min\'aii, another and more successful offshoot of Gray Minyan,-' which is 
 exceedingly important as forming the first step in the development of Mycenaean ware, ^■ellow 
 Minyan has been foimd in some, quantity also at (^rchomenos and in the .\riiolid. .\s regards 
 the world of ^Minyan ware, therefore, Corinth takes a cosmopolitan position. 
 
 The Mattpainted fabrics found along with Minyan ware at Korakou occur likewise in identical 
 style in the Argolid, apparently at all the prehistoric sites that have been excavated. Gioup 1, 
 the coar.se ware, is chiefly represented, and pottery of this class has been found also at .\egina. 
 The ^lattpainted vases discovered at Aphidna in .\ttica' are probably likewise closely related to 
 this group, and similar ware has been found at ( )rcli(iinenos. ( lidup 11, the finer style, is not yet 
 
 so well represented from other sites, but there are a luunber of g 1 specimens from the shaft 
 
 graves at Mycenae and several from Tiryns; and others have recently come to light at Eleusis.* 
 Two vases from Geraki in Laconia shovdd also be mentioned here.' In some of this fine Matt- 
 painted ware Cretan inHuence .seems unmistakable. Mattpainted ware of group III, with decora- 
 tion in two colors, red and black, has, so far as present knowledge goes, approximately the same 
 distribution. The familiar examples are, of course, those from the sixth shaft grave at Mycenae," 
 but there is a good deal of similar ware from Orchomenos and other sites in the north. Phylakopi 
 has likewise fiunished a fine beaked jug in this style,^ though the usual Cycladic parallel is the 
 black and red ware of Melos, of which a good example was also found in the Temple Repositories at 
 Cnossus in Crete.* 
 
 We come now to the Mycenaean or mainland fabrics corresponding to Middle Minoan III wares. 
 Here the material from other sites is still extremely scanty, and not much can be said until fiuther 
 discoveries are made. Professor Karo has, however, shown me a number of similar sherds from 
 Tiryns, and it is evident that the state of affairs in the Argolid corresponds exactly with that at 
 
 ' Cf. A. J. A., XXIV, l'.i20, pp. 1 IT. 
 
 'CI. B.S. A., XXII, p. 181. 
 
 ' Cf. Ath. MM., XXI, 1896, PI. XV, 4-0. 
 
 ' 'K4>. 'kpx; 1912, p. .3, Fig. 1, Nos. 4, 0. Cf. also 1898, p. 70, Fig. 9. 
 
 ' Cf. B. S. A., XVI, pp. 78 (T., Figs. 3 .nnd 4. 
 
 'Cf. Furt\v:i?igler .-uid Lopsdickc, Myk. Tlmngcjiufne, Pis. VIII, i'.i, aiul IX, 44. 
 
 ' Phylakopi, p. 159. 
 
 'CLB.S.A ., IX, p. .50, Fig. 26 g.
 
 I 
 
 CONCLUSION 11.-, 
 
 Corinth. Save, possibly, for one or two sherds from Tiryns,' none of this ware can be claimed 
 US genuine Cretan, but the ultimate Minoan source of the patterns on many of these vases can- 
 not be ciucstioned. Since it seems equally free from doubt that most of this ware was fabricated 
 on the mainland, Minoan originals must have been imported for use Jjy the mainlantl potters. 
 Whether any ol these actual originals, wliieh were obviously not numerous, is ever brought to 
 light by further excavation or not, the fact of connections with Crete is nevertheless established. 
 
 This somewhat cursory review of the distribution of the chief kinds of pottery characteristic of 
 the second stratum at Korakou shows that in the Middle Helladic Period, as in the precedinp age, 
 ( 'orinth continued to be the central point of a more or less homogeneous ceramic area. Again we 
 have found substantial identity with the south (.\rgolid), close connections with the east (Cychides), 
 and comijlete general agreement with the north. Furthermore, we have seen definite points of 
 contact with Crete, .\gain the evidence from the west is too shght to throw sufficient hglit on 
 the question of iclations in this direction, and we must await the results of new excavations in the 
 western part of (Jreece. In the meant inie it may, however, be pointed out that in his recent 
 digging at Thermon- Romaics has discovered fabrics verj- similar to our dray and Yellow Minyan, 
 as well as to our Mattpainted wares. 
 
 Ttuiiing now to architecture, wo find at the last named site, Thermon, a house practically identi- 
 nil in plan and construct ion wit li our House F .it Koiakou.' It is, indeed, longer in proportion to 
 its width tJKin House F and considerably larger, but thi^ same principle of division into rooms is 
 observed, including a vestibule, a large megaron, and an enclosed ap.se at the northern end. A 
 glance at the plan will show that House A at Thermon givt^s the same impression of care and preci- 
 sion in construction that we have noted above in the Middle Helladic Period at Korakou. .\psidal 
 buildings are by no means conlinitl to the two sites mentionetl above, nor are they particularly 
 rare in the jnehistoric area under consitleration (cf. Olympia, etc.), but the remarkably close simi- 
 larity between the houses at Thermon and Corinth seems more than fortuitous. 
 
 The house discovered in the upper stratum at Lianokladi* is also, to judge by the pottery found 
 in that stratum (Minyan ware), approximately contem|)orary with House F at Korakou. It 
 seems, however, far more carelessly built than House F. and has a jjeculiar plan which may jK-rhaps 
 bo the result of a reconstruction. In its earlier form it apparently consisted of a large megaron 
 with a store-room adjoining it, and the entrance may have been on the long south side of the 
 megaron. This house appears to have little in common with House F at Korakou. 
 
 Reference may also be made here to the house uncovered by Kourouniotis in the up|>ermast 
 stratum at Rini in Thes.saly.' This is irregularly oval in plan, having a walled-ofT apse at each end 
 with a large central room lietween. The door may have been in the east side of the large room. 
 .\ house of the same period, but with an apse at one end oidy. was found at Hachmani.* It consists 
 of one largo chamber including the apse to the south, and a smaller room lo the nortii containing 
 the iienith. Thi' entrance was |)robably in the sir.iiuht end. opening to the northeast. 
 
 ' Cf. Schlicniiinn, Tiryns, I'i.s. X.W lil, .\XV11 d. 
 
 » Cf. ' Kpxaio\oyiKii> AtXrioK, I, 191.5, pp. 225 (T. 
 
 >(;f. -Apx. -ieXr., I, lOl.'-), p. 2:51, l'i({. 2. 
 
 * Cf. I'rMsUiric Thcfsntij, p. IS'J, l''ig. i;i". 
 
 » Cf. I'rehixloHc riieKnaly, pp. i:{2 f., ami Kigs. Sllaiiil SI. 
 
 ' House P; cf. I'rehUloric Tlussnly, p. .'iS, Kin. 17.
 
 no KORAKOU 
 
 At Orchomonos, where Minyan pottery was abundant, we should expect to find sufficii>nt nichi- 
 tcctural material for comparison, hut, unfortunately, at this important sitono completohousc-pluns 
 were recovered. In methods of const ructit)n, however, there seems to he essential agreement with 
 what has been discovered at Korakou. 
 
 No further material for comparison is yet available from the inainlaml. In t he Cyclades, as, for 
 example, at Phylakopi,' and in Crete, contemporary hou.ses lit into a iiuich mor(< closely organized 
 urban system and apparently have not much in common with the more rustic establishments we 
 have seen in soutli central (ireece. We may conclude, then, that in liie Middle Helladic Period no 
 one uniform house-plan was followed in the Helladic area, nor, indeed, even at .any (nie site. On tlie 
 contrary, we find wide diversity in shape and orientation of houses, as well as in arrangemod of 
 the iiderior. showiuf; that each builder felt free to build according to his own convenience. 
 
 It remains to refer iirieliy^o burial customs. We have seen al)()ve(i). 101 ) that the graves of the 
 Middle Helladic Period at Korakou find a close parallel in the intrammal lnuials at Phylakopi; 
 and similar interments are not uncommon at Orchomenos. ( 'ist graves of t he ty|)ical ( )rcliomeiii:in 
 kind, which are not rare in the whole north Helladic area and occur in the Cyclades as well, have 
 not yet been discovered at Korakou, but at Cionia, only two miles away, five were uneartheil which 
 correspond in every way with those at Orchomenos. These Middle Helladic graves are very 
 simple and visiiall.\- contain notliing but the skeleton. In one case at (Ionia three Ixine hair- 
 pins came to light, and ixittery was exceedingly rare, lieing limited to a solitary nondescri])! vase. 
 This simplicity of interineid is characteristic at otiier sites as well. 
 
 L.'VTE HELLADIC I'lllMoD 
 
 That the Corinthia was an inii)<)rtant centre for the development of Late Helladic or Mycenaean 
 pottery is amplj' demonstrated by the fact that at least five other sites at which these wares apiiear 
 to occur in considerable quantities exist within a railius of live miles of Korakou. ()iily one of 
 these sites has yet been excavated; but, tiiough the trial pits at (Ionia did not yield such aljundaiit 
 material for the Late Helladic Period as was obtained at Korakou, the restilts nevertheless fully 
 confirm the conclusions which have been drawn from the stratified deposit at the latter site. The 
 other four sites still await investigation, but it may be noted that at one of these — Cheliotomylos, 
 hardly more than half a mile to the northwest of Old Corinth — sherds corresjionding to the First, 
 Second, and Third Late Helladic styles have been collected. .A.t the remaining three sites Myce- 
 naean sherds visible on the surface of the ground are limited to the Third Late Helladic style, as 
 was the case also at Korakou before excavations were undertaken. 
 
 It has already been statinl tiiat the great Imlk of Late Helladic or " Mycenaean " pottery found 
 at Corinth is almost certainly of local manufacture, evolved through a gradual and regular develop- 
 ment of Yellow Minyan ware under constantly growing Minoan influence. The early shapes are 
 thus for the most part those taken over from the Minyan stock, chieHy the goblet on a stem, and a 
 deep bowl with high, splaying rim; but, once the new technique has passed the experimental stage 
 and established itself,it rapidly prevails overthe oldermethods and, as it progresses,it undoubtedly 
 imports from abroad along with its flesigns many new shapt^s as well. 
 
 The source of these importations is of course Crete; but although the evidence of sucii trade 
 
 ' Cf. Phylakopi, plan. Pis. I. and XL
 
 
 CONCLUSION ,17 
 
 rilatioiii^jccoincs exceedingly strong in tlie First Late Holladic- Period, it is not until the Second 
 Late Helladic Period that the height of Cretan influence seems to he reached at Korakou. It is 
 to this stage that we must assign the fine squat l)o\vi« with carefully painted marine designs, the 
 well made cups of thin faljric with a pattern suggesting tortoise shell or grained wood (the8o-fallo<l 
 ripple motiv(;),and a number of vasesof other shapes, on which a realistic octopus plays a prominent 
 role in the decoration. At the same time we find that vases of unmistakably local manufacture 
 are oinamented with imitations of the same designs, while local adaptations of characteristic 
 Minoan Horal motives are much favored. In fact, in the Second Late Helladic Period the ceramic 
 artists of Korakou apparently strive to attain as nearly as po.ssible the; stamlards set i)y their 
 Mijioan iDJleagues in Crete. Ami, linally, in the Third Late Helladic Period, wiien Mycenaean 
 pottery reaches its widest distriinition, the fusion of maijdand and Minoan art is complete; but a 
 return swing of the pendulum has intervened, and it is now the maiidand element which it> seen t« 
 be dominant over the Minoan. 
 
 Turning now to a consideration of the nialcrial from other sites, we find that Mycenaean pot- 
 tery of the First and Second Late Hellatlic types has not yet come to light in great cpiantities on 
 the mainland. The .\rgoli(l. however, again shows complete agreement with Corinth. Thus at 
 Tiryns and at Mycenae numerous vases and sherds have i)een found, representing both the spirali- 
 form style of decoration characteristic of Late Helladic I and the naturalistic style belonging to 
 Late Ilcllaiiir II.' Tlic shapes of these vases, fmllicrnioic, tell the same story that has In-cn 
 revealeil in the Corinthia. It may be noted that Ephyraean ware occui-s not-only at Tiryns and 
 Mycenae but at the Argive Heraeum as well.- 
 
 Tlie excavations at Eleusis' have likewise producccl ciiaractfristic va.ses of the First and Sec<ind 
 Late Helladic Periods, agreeing fully with the finds from Coriniii. Here toostenuned goblets and 
 dee]) bowls with wide, splaying rim give clear testimony of their Minyan ancestrj', while straight- 
 sided cups, beakeil jugs, and scpiat bowls s])eak with e(|ual clearness of .Minoan inllucnce. .Vgain, 
 the spiraliform and the naturalistic styles of decoration arc- well exempliticd. Ephyraean ware 
 alone is lacking to make the correspondence with Corinth absolutely conii)li'te, but there is good 
 reason lo beiic^ve that Ephyraean ware also may .still be found wlifii furllu-r digging is carrird out 
 with careful examination of the stratified deposit of this prehistoric .settlement. 
 
 A number of ^Mycenaean sites and numerous tombs have been found in .Vltica, but tin -. .u. 
 practically all of the Third Late Helladic Period. During n-cent excavations on the Acro|K>lis 
 (1918) to the west of the Erechtlieiini, liowever. a few sherds of Late Helladic I and Late Helladie 
 II styles came to light, ami others are known from earlier digging.* In shajH-s and decoration 
 these vases agree closely with the finds at Corinth. Again, stemmed goblets and deep bowls, 
 chiefly with spiraliform ornament, represent the First Late llelladu- Period, whih- .-^ciuat bowls wilii 
 marine designs and straight -sided cui)s i-eliect the more dominant Minoan standards of the S«>cond 
 Late Helladic Period. Sjioradic lind> of pottery at other places near Athens— such a.s the fine 
 holc-moulhed jar numbered 98(j in thi' National Museum*— j"'''t>fy iis in believing that futiin> 
 
 ' Tlio pottery from the recent Ciermuii e.xciiviitions at Tiryii-s (1910) liiut not yei Ihvii iml.li.slicl. but »»a »lio*ii lo 
 nie by 1'rofe.s.sor Karo. 
 2Cf. tf.S.i4., XXII, |). 182. 
 ' Cf. 'E4>. -Apx-, 189H. PP- ^il 'L l"-'l-'. PP- 1 T. 
 
 • Cf. Graef, Die anlikcu Vasoi von ilcr .IAt/./ki/is zu Mhcn, I'la. 2 aiul H; l«xt, pp. 1 IT. 
 'Thi.s vase, ac(|uiriMl from a lojiicl ion, may, iHrhapa. Iiavf l«'<'n found out.siilr \---
 
 118 KORAKOU 
 
 excavations will reveal at various points in Allica lloinisliitin settlements lielontiin^ to the tinest 
 period of Mycenat'an art. 
 
 In till" Cyclades wo find tiial elose assoeiation witli Crete makes itself foreihly felt in the tieid of 
 (Traniics considerahly sooner than on the mainland. Minoan vases are imported at an earlier 
 date and in inueh larger quantities. Thus, respondiiit: iid (lnui>l to popular demaiul. ihi' jxitters 
 of Melos early develo)) a sehool of their own foi- the i)rodnition of \ases in the Minoan style, and 
 northern intluenci- is far less vijjorons than we have seen it in the Corinthia. While the develo])- 
 nient of pottery aeeordingly proceeds alon;; somewhat difTerent lines, and we meet with no <'xaet 
 correspondence to the spiraliform and naturalistic stafji's which are so clearly maikeil on the main- 
 land, the same general process certainly worked itself out at Melos also, though to he sure at an 
 earlier date. Characteristic of the difference in process, however, apart from that in chronology, 
 is the fact that stemmed goblets and deep howls with wide, splaying rim. which at Corinth so 
 definitely reflect their Minyan oi'igin, are very rare at IMiylakopi, where the conunon shapes are 
 apparently for the most part taken over from Crete. But by the end of the First Late Helladic 
 Period or the begiiuiing of Late Helladic II the pottery of Corinth is so thoioughly Minoanized 
 that, save for differences due to local manufacture, it is essentially the same as that at Melos. 
 That the relations l)ctween the Cyclades on the one hand and ( 'orinth and the .Vrgolid on the other 
 wei"e especially intimate in the Second Late Helladic Period may, furthermore, lie inferred from 
 the presence at Phylakt)])i of l',|)liyraean ware. \\lii<'h is almost certainly a mainland jiroduct. 
 
 In Boeotia almost no Mycenaean shertls of the First Late Helladic Period have yet been dis- 
 covered. The excavations of Keraniopoullos, however, have brought t o light at Thebes tombs and 
 the remains of a palace, which the evidence of the pottery assigns to the Second Late Helladic 
 Pei'iod.' This jiottery corresponds fully with that of the second Mycenaean stage (Late Helladic 
 II) at Corinth and other mainland sites, conforming generally to the Minoan standard. .\t 
 Thebes we might exjiect northern I i.e.. "Minyan") influence to be paiticidarly strong, but this 
 expectation must await confirmation fiom further discoveries, especially of material of the First 
 Late Helladic Period. There seems every reason to believe that Thebes lay on an imi)ortant 
 trade route from the south, which passed from Corinth acioss the ('orintliian (!ulf to Thisbe 
 and thence to the north. Search for a i)rehistoric settlement in the neighborhood of Thisbe should 
 yield extremely valuable results. 
 
 In Euboea the investigations of the late (<. Papavasiliou in the viciiiit\' of Chalcis ha\'e duiing 
 recent years brought to light a rapidly incieasing amount of Mycenaean remains.- This material, 
 which comes chiefly from tombs, is in large part still unijublished, but, though the bulk of it falls 
 within the Third Late Helladic Period, it a])i)arently also includes some vases in t he familiar Second 
 Late Helladic style. 
 
 Farther north, in Phocis, no pottery of the First or Second Lute Helladic types has hitherto 
 been found; and apart fiom two renuirkable vases which may be Middle Minoan II importations 
 from Crete,' no direct southern influence before the Third Late Helladic Period is yet i)redicable. 
 But in Thessaly, which was much more accessible by sea, the Second Late Helladic style is repre- 
 
 ' Cf. 'K<t>. 'Ap\.. 190!l. pp. oo fT.; IIpoKriKd, 1910, pp. 1,52 If. See al.so 'Apx- -ieX''-, HI, l^l*", pp. 1 (T. 
 'Cf. IlnirafJaaiXfiou, llipi Twf iv Kvlioif. 'Xpxaiv 'Vd<j>af, .\tliens, 1910, pp.21 IT. See al.so lIpojtTtKa, 1910, p. 2t)ti; 
 1911, pp. 237 f. 
 ' Cf. 'E<(>. "Apx., 1908, p. 87, KiK. 13, i'l. o, 2.
 
 CONCLUSION 110 
 
 sciitoill^-aiiumlKrof vaHosfioiM tdiiil.sat Pasa.sae,' and at lulcos'oii llie littoriil of llii- FaKasaoan 
 Culf; wliilc a lew similar vast's an- icconlcd as havinti hccn fuun.l at Matjula m-ar Eliissoiia.' 
 
 In Western Creece. despite the important researches of Diirpfeld. systematie exploration of 
 prehistoric sites has lagged eonsiderahly behind that in Eastern (oeece, and the material foreoin- 
 parison is still scanty, especially as refjanls the jjcriod anterior lo Late Helladie ML It is, curiously, 
 in the pottery of Thermon, a mountain fastness of Aetolia, that we s»'em to find the close«t parallel 
 to tile First and Second Mycenaean stajies of Corinth. Here Dr. Roniaios has diseoven-d example!; 
 of goblets and deep bowls with spiraliform ornament, as well as strainlil-sided cups. iar.-. ami a 
 rliyton with a |)atlerii of duuliie axes, wliich show strong Minoan inlluence.* 
 
 Mycenaean remains discovered up In i he present time in .\carnania'' seem to be limited entirely 
 to the Third Late Helladie Period, as is also the case at the excavations of Dorpfeld in I^-iicjut. 
 Consideralily more material has been unearthed in Cephalonia, where mmierous Mycenaean 
 tombs have been o|)eniMl.'' From the accoimt of these excavations published by Kavvadias it does 
 not appear that oi)jects of First or Second Late Helladie date are included among the finds. 
 
 On the west coast of the Peloponnesus traces of Mycenaean civilization have Iw-en found at 
 several points. W Olympia there is one lone Late Minoan III sherd.' W Kakovatos, however, — 
 Triphylian Pylos — the Second Late Helladie P«'riod and. probably, the end of the Fii>it, an- well 
 represented among the limis fiimi ilic three ro\al tombs and from the adjacent prehistoric settle- 
 ment." In the important series of vases discovered here, Minoan ascendancy appears IoIh- practi- 
 cally complete, antl few, if any,' of the northern elements so characteristic at Corinth can be distin- 
 guished. Farther south, near the Messenian Pylos. a bee-hive tomb, excavated in I'.tl'i by l)r- 
 Kouiduniotis, yirldcil a nuini)er of vases of the "early palace style," including a large amphora 
 with a design of ivy leaves remarkably similar lo that on the well known beaked pitcher from the 
 first shaft grave at Mycenae.'-' Here as at Kakovatos, the vases are almost certaiidy of niainland 
 manufacture, but again they show signs of powerful Minoan inllnence and little coimectioii 
 with the nortii. Both the Messenian and tiir Triijhylian Pylos lie close to the sea, and it is 
 liardlx' going li(\<iud the evidnice lo infer that each was a port of call for the trading barks of 
 Minoan navigators. 
 
 Pottery of the Second L.ate Helladie IN'riod has also been found in Laconia, ami it is important 
 to note that from the bee-hive tomb at \aphio come two stemmed goblets which clearly represent 
 the niainlaiiil or noil hern tradition.'" 
 
 This ends our lirief general survey whicii obviously does not pretend to be complelt- — of the 
 pottery of the First and Second Late Helladie Periods discovered at other sites than Corinth on 
 the Creek mainland. We may conclude that, true lo her earlier tradition, Corinth coniimied to 
 be an important centre from which can be traced lines of ceramic aflinity railiating in all directions. 
 
 ' C'f. Mh. Mill.. .\1\ , iss'.l. |>|>- -'112 ir., ri.s. ll ami 10. 
 
 »Cf. >:,<,. 'Apx.. 1!I0(>, I'l. IJ. 
 
 'C'f. I'rchisioric Thissdiy, p. 2(17. 
 
 'Cf. 'Apx. -^fXr., I, lill.j, pp. 2titl IT.: alsii II, Itllli, pp. ISI f. 
 
 K'f. npasTiKCL. I'.HW, p. 100. 
 
 K"f. UpaKTiKa. I!)l-', pp. IIK) IT.; 247 IT.; also Kavvadiius, llpoioTopi»4 'ApxaioXoyla, pp. XVi IT. 
 
 ■ Cf. Mh. Mill.. .W.W 1. t'.lll, p. l~(i. l''iK. 20 a. 
 
 »C'f. Mil. .Mill., .\.\.\l\ . I'.inn, pp. :«>2 IT., I'Is. If. 21. 
 
 »Cf. 'Kit). '\px; I'" I. pp. '••'•' IT. ami f.s|KTiiilly I'l. 2. 
 
 i"Cf. 'E.^. 'Apx,, ISWI, |). 151, I'l. 7, li).
 
 120 KOKAKOU 
 
 In till' Tliird Late Ht-lladic I'l'iiod (Late Minoan III) Mycciuuan iniltciv attains its wklcst 
 dilTiisioii. A compli'tc list of the sites at wliieh it oeciirs would l)e sn])ciHii()iis lu-ie; and it may 
 suffice to say in general that vases and potsherds of this type and of essential luiiformity have been 
 found at numerous plaees throughout the Greek mainland, on the islands of the Aegean, at several 
 points on the coast of Asia Minor, in Cyprus, Syria, and Kg\'pt. in Soiitlicrn It.ily, Sicily, as well 
 as Sardinia, and a related type, at least, appears in the extreme west, in Spain.' It thus aijjiears 
 that there existed at this period a wide-spread, active sea-horne traffic tlinnifiliout the Mediter- 
 ranean. There is every reason to believe that Corinth, with her oxtraorilijiaiiiy favorable situa- 
 tion and her background of similar activity in preceding ages, took an active i)art in this extensive 
 intercourse, and, as in earlier days, jilaycd an esjiecially important role as an intermediate station 
 in com n ami cat ions between the Aegean area and Northern Greece. 
 
 No reference has yet been made to the architectural evidence of the Late llelladic I'eriod, and, 
 in fact, but few remarks are needed. For at Korakou no remains of the First and Second Late 
 Helladic stages have yet been found to afford comparison with the luoiiuiiicntal palaces of other 
 mainland and island sites; and, on the other hand, the humble dwellings of the Third Late Hellatlic 
 Period at Korakou have, up to the present time, almost no counterpart elsewhere. The private 
 houses excavatetl by Tsountas at Mycenae are. iiuleed, uiidoul)tedly of the same general type, but 
 they furnish no certainly complete plan. At Tiryiis alone is there a coniijlcte and clo.se parallel 
 to House L at Korakou. but a discussion of this question involves a considerable amount of 
 detail and is, therefore, relegated to an appendix (cf. Appendix IV, p. 130 below). 
 
 L'ntil JNIycenaean tombs are discovered at Corinth and miscellaneous finds conic to light in 
 greater abundance, there is no material available in these fields for comparison with other sites. 
 
 CHRONOLOGY 
 
 We conic now to the jiroblcin of dating the prehistoric set t lenient at Korakou. Helving chietly 
 on the ceramic affinities discussed in the preceding chapter, we have ventured to construct pro- 
 visionally a table of relative chronology (p. 121). As a basis for the synchronisms here set out we 
 naturally take the Minoan system established by Sir Arthur Evans, to which is joined the closely 
 related Cycladic system as elaborated by the British excavators at Phylakopi.'- It must be em- 
 phasized again that this table (which is essentially the same as that given in B. S. A., XXII, pp. 
 186 f.) is a provisional one, and that future discoveries on the mainland may render some modifica- 
 tions necessary. To guard against misunderstandings it must also be pointed out that these 
 synchronisms are not presumed to be absolutely exact, but only approximate, with allowance of a 
 certain amount of leeway in both directions. 
 
 In discussing briefly the table here presented it may be well to begin at the bottom, that is, 
 with the latest phases of the Prehistoric Age; for here at least we are not on doubtful ground. The 
 three Late Helladic stages as exemplified at Korakou are obviously parallel to the three Late 
 Minoan stages in Crete and the corresponding stages in Melos. Whereas, however, the Third 
 Late phase is practically identical at all these sites, and can be approximately dated bj' the dis- 
 coveiy of Late Helladic III pottery at Tel El Aniarna in a refuse-heap belonging to the palace of 
 
 ' A. J. Evans, Scripta Minoa, I, p. 96. 
 2 Cf. Phylakopi, pp. 238 ff.
 
 MAINLAND 
 
 CONCLUSION 
 TAIiLE OF SYNCHR()NLSM.S 
 
 121 
 
 CYCLADES 
 
 CKLTE 
 
 Earhj llrllndic I 
 I'olislicd \\:iic 
 
 riisii|)|)c(i A 1 
 
 Slippcil A II 
 Incisi'd Ware 
 
 (Early Cydadic I) 
 Poiisiied Ware 
 Primitive Ineised Ware 
 Pelos, Ani()rg(j.s, >Sij)|inus 
 Phylakopi, § 2 
 
 Early Minoan 1 
 
 ToniKs at Corintli 
 
 (A. J. A., 1897, p. a 13 IT.) 
 
 (Early Cydadic 11) 
 Advanced Incised Ware 
 Phylakopi, §§ :!. 1 
 
 Early Miuihiii II 
 
 Karlij Ihlladtc II 
 
 
 Clazcd Ware H I ami 11 
 
 (Early Cydadic II h 
 Phylakopi, §§ ;i, -1, G 
 Incised Ware of .Syra 
 and Naxos? 
 
 Early Minuan III 
 
 Early lldlmUc III 
 Cilazcii Ware B II 
 
 
 Paftcrncd Ware (' I-II 
 
 (Middle Cydadic I) 
 Phylakopi, §§ G, 7 
 
 Middle Miuaan I 
 
 Middle Hdladic I 
 
 
 (iray Minyaii Ware 
 Matlpaiiiti'd Ware I 
 
 (Middle Cydadic II) 
 Hed Burnished Ware 
 Kainares Ware 
 Gray Minyan up|K'ars 
 
 MiddU MiiuMiu II 
 Kaniarcs Wari' 
 
 Middle llcllndir II 
 ^'(■llcpw ^liiiyaii 
 Maltpaiiilcd Ware 1 with 
 
 curviliiicar patlcrns 
 Mall painted Ware II-lII 
 Mainland M. M. Ill 
 
 {Middle Cydadic III) 
 Phylakopi, § '.) 
 Black and Red Ware 
 Spiraliforni tieonielric 
 
 Middle MifuHin III 
 Melian Black and He.l 
 in Temple l{c|H>!ii(orieM 
 
 Uite Helladic I 
 Myocnaean Ware with 
 Spiniiifonii Decoration 
 
 (bale Cydadic I) 
 Hed and Black Ware 
 (Naturalistic) 
 
 Late Minonn 1 
 
 ImU' Ihllmlic 11 
 Myeenaean Ware with 
 Natinahstie Patterns 
 ICphyraean Ware 
 
 (Oile Cydadic II) 
 Late Minnan II and Late Helladic 
 
 II Ware, I^)eal and Imported 
 Kphyraean Ware 
 End of Gray Minyun 
 
 Ij4ilt MtniMiii II 
 
 Late Ihlladic III 
 Degenerate Myeenaean 
 Tel 101 Aniania Style 
 
 (Late Cydadic III) 
 LateHclladi( III 
 
 Ijate Minoan III
 
 122 KOHAKOU 
 
 Akhciuiti'ii," (•I'ltain dilTeicnccs havi- lu-eii mkIciI in tlu' 1\vo earlier j)hast's. Tims at Ki)i;ik(i\i in 
 the Second Late Helhidic Period we observe that Cretan ])att('rns of Late Minoan I style are niiicli 
 favored; and, furthermore, the proce.'^s of ilevelojjnient from linear to iiatiiralistic decoration, which 
 in Melos was larnely c<tni])leted in tlie Third Middle Alinoan Period, we find woikinn itself out at 
 Korakou in tlu' l'"irst Late ilelladic Period. This does not rai.sc np ohslacjes in the way of our 
 synchronisms, however, for it merely means that, as is natiual, the full etTects of arti,stic imjiulses 
 from the smitli first Kain tlieir ascendancy on th(' mainland at a date considerably later than at 
 their ])oint of d(>partnre. In conse(|uence, the artistic development at Korakou may iie a,>< much 
 as half a sta^e ln'hiTiil lliat prc\;iilinK dui'iliM: tlie s;iine ])erin(| in Melos, .iinl almost a full staiie 
 hehinil t hat in < 'rcte. 
 
 Turiiinn now to the Middle Heiiadic I'eriod. we meet no serious difiicidly in t he way of eslalilish- 
 iii}? fairly safe synchronisms here also. From the Second Middle Ileiiaili<' slraluni at Korakou 
 we obtain our earliest Mycenaean ware — that is, pottery of mainland nianufad ure witii (l(>sinns 
 and liuisli in Minoan technique — correspoiulint; closely with fabrics of the 'i'iiiid Middle MiiKian 
 Period in Crete. .Vt the same time, ainonn the ceramic finds Iroin the Temple Keiiositories at 
 Cno.ssus are included examples of bird-vases like those conunon in the Third ^Middle Cydadic 
 I'eriod at Phylakopi, cori'es])ondinj; to the bichronie Maltjiainted ware of the Second Middle 
 Ilrllailic siratujn at Koiakuii and better known iVojn the sixth shaft <;rave at Mycenae. We are 
 tiierefore justified in acceiitinn' the Second Middle IlelL-idic I'eiiuil as a))pii)ximately ciintcm- 
 jiorary with tlu^ Third .Middle Minoan Period of Crete. 
 
 In the First Middle Heiiadic Period at Korakou, Gia>' .Miii\aii is the i)i'ed(iininanl pottery. 
 The olhservations of Dawkins and Droop at Phylakopi- are illuminat in^i in this coiniection; for 
 they show t hat t he bulk of < Iray Minyan in Melos occurs in associat ion wit h iiat ive ;icoinet ric and 
 Cretan Kamares ware. The ajjpearance of Clray Minyan at Korakou may be slightly earlier, 
 certainly is not later, than its occurence at Phylakopi. In consequence we afe enabled to ecpiate 
 roufthly the First Midtlle Heiiadic Period at Corinth with the Melian and Cretan Second Middle 
 Minoan Period. 
 
 I'"(ir till' relative chroniilotiy of the Early Helhulic Perioil there is less evidence available; but 
 we are. nevertheless, provided with a definite trniiimis iiiitc iiiicm. For, as already recorded, the 
 final Karly Heiiadic settlement was destroyed by fire, probably as the result of capture by invaders 
 from the north. Hestinff directly on the layer of ashes, which testifies to this conHaiiration, is the 
 early deposit of the succeedinji settleinent. There is no indication that any considerable time 
 elajised between this destruction and the new occupation of the site; on the contrary everything 
 points to an immediate continuity of habitation. Accordingly, we may safely assign the latest of 
 the three phases we have ventured to distinguish — that is, Early Heiiadic III — to the time im- 
 mediately preceding the First Middle Heiiadic Period. Early Heiiadic 1 1 1 would t bus synchronize 
 approximately with the First Middle Minoan Period in Crete. In confirmation of this we may 
 point to the patterned ware of group C II, regarding which it was suggested (cf. p. 113 above) that 
 the light design on a dark ground might be the result of Cretan influence. The Minoan technique 
 in question is characteristic of the Third Early Minoan Period. But, on the one hand, it miistbe 
 remembered that the Cretan stimulus would produce its effects later on the mainland than in 
 
 ' I'elrie, Tel El Anmrna, pp. 15 IT., I'ls. XXVI-XXX. 
 ^C[.li.S.A.,X\ll,p. 17.
 
 CONCLUSION 123 
 
 Cnossusitsclf ; and, on tlie other hand, there is also the possibiHty that (he lieninuinii of the Third 
 Early HclUuIic Period falls within Early Minoan III. 
 
 As there is, up to the present time, no evidence defininu ilie upper hum oi Uie 1 Innl lujrly Hi-i- 
 ladie Period, so the confines of the S-eond Early lielladie phase are likewise not clearly marked 
 out. Hut that I his stage lasted a loufj time is manifest from the thiekn«fssof tiie stratum and the 
 quantity of the characteristie i)()ll<iy fmuid in it. In the table, therefore, the St-eond Early Hel- 
 iadic Period has been synchninized with a lartie part of both Early Minoan 11 and Early Minoan 
 III; and the glazed ware found in the <"y chides is in full agrwrnent witii this iv(. Phyliik,>i,i. J;ii. 
 We come, finally, to the First Early HclhuHc Period, and again we are able to make use of Cyeladic 
 parallels. Thus the polished and inci.sed sherds from Korakou, with their evident sub-neolithic 
 character, correspond <-losely with the incised and polished ware of Phylakopi. .\morgos, Siphnum, 
 etc. The most primitive va.ses from Pelos may, indeed, be slightly earlier than the similar ware 
 from ("orinth, but it seems clear, as remarked above, that both are included in the .same 
 category. These early wares of the Cydades are associated by Mackenzie (cf. I'ln/lakopi. p. 248) 
 with Cretan vases of the First Early Minoan Period. In our tal)le. con.secpiently, it will be s«-<'n 
 that the First Early Helladic Period is made in part contemporary with Early Minoan I and 
 allowed to overlap somewhat into Early Minoan II. 
 
 The relative chronology' indicated by the above tabulation (»f synchronisms, Ix'ing for the 
 present, at least, accepted, may tentatively be translated into ab.solutc terms. The problem here 
 involved depends entirely on the evidence of Egj-ptian objects fotnid in the Aegean area and Minnan 
 object.s found in EgA'pt, and is too large and too far afield to be discussed in this report. 
 Accepting Breasted's system of p]gji)tiaii chronol.)gj', we may take the following lus the ajjjiroxi- 
 niate dates, which, though not absolutely exact, are undoubtedly roughly correct: 
 
 Early Helladic 2500-2000 n.c. 
 
 Middle Hella<iic I 2(l()(> IToO n.c. 
 
 Mithlle Helladic II IT.".!) ItJdO n.c. 
 
 Late Helladic I KUtO loOO ».r. 
 
 Late Helladic II LiOO-14flO h.c. 
 
 Late Helladic III 1400-1100 n.c 
 
 THE PKEHISTOHIC crLTrKK (>F KoPAKOI' 
 
 In concluding this account of tiie excavations at Korakou we may now, on the b:usisoi tlic evi- 
 dence presented above, attempt a brief sununary of the prehistoric civilization and "history" of 
 ("orintii subsequent to the Neolithic Period. The Corinthia wa.s, indeed, already inhabited in the 
 Neolithic Age, as is shown by stone implements and neolithic pottery found at two sites. This 
 material has not yet been prepared for i)ublication, but the pottery is clearly n-lated to Pli(K-ian 
 and Thessaliau fabrics chielly of the Second Period. At C.onia. one of the two sites, |M»lychrome 
 ware of a type belonging to the Second Thessalian Period' was discovered imine<liately In-low an*! 
 along with polished ware of the First Early H<'lladic Period. For the present, however, the rela- 
 tion between the neolithic inhabitants and the people as-sociatcd with Early Hella<lie pollery miwt 
 renuiin an o|)en (piestion. 
 
 ' Cf. I'rcldstoric Tlassahj, p. Id, "b li 0" ware.
 
 124 KORAKOU 
 
 Wlijlc it camint. tlicii. lie (Icfiniti'ly ililcnnincd as y.-l wlicllicr tlic i)opiilati<)ii we liml cslali- 
 lished about tin- Isthmus at the opi-iiiiifi of tlio Bronze Age was aboriginal or of alien orif^in, 
 the Early Helhulie Period was evidently a very flourishing Umi' in the C'orinthia. At least 
 eleven villages, of which some were eomparatively large, appear to have existed, and we arc 
 thus justified in assuming that the |)opulation was considerable. The land aimut tiie Istlunus, 
 and especially' in the vicinity and to the north of ancii-nt Coiinlli. is by no means unfavorable 
 to agriculture: it seems most ])robable, therefore, that these early villages were largely, if not 
 I'ntirely, self-supporting. At the same time, since three of the sites are situaletl directly on the 
 shore of the sea and the evidence of the pottery examined above points to regular intercourse wit h 
 othei' ]iarts of the Aegean area, the inference is obvious that tiicse early inhabitants were commer- 
 cially active and that ("orinth had already become an inii)ortant centre of trade carried on bysea. 
 
 KutiuT discoveries and esi)ecially further excavation of the sites now known in the C'orinthia 
 may be expected to throw much additional light on the civilization of the Early Helladic Period. 
 In the meantime, however, it maybe pointed out that, though theirs was a simple age, the iiiiial)!- 
 tantsof Korakou were by no means in an extremely primitive state. They lived in substantitd 
 houses built uji of dri(!(l bricks laid on stone foundations. Some of the buildings of the ])erio(l 
 were, indeed, of monumental size, as exemplified by the impressive circular structure recently 
 uncovered at Tiryns. No complete house-plans are yet known, but it may i)e anticipated that 
 theyw'ill show a variety of designs; apsidal as well as rectangular ends of houses are represented. 
 Stone implements, as well as stone vases, were probably still in general u.sc, and obsidian is conspic- 
 uously in evidence; but metal was also known, bronze being employed for pins and other pointed 
 instruments. Bone was worked and highly i)olished. The potter's wheel had not yet been in- 
 troduced, liul no little versatility is display<'d in the fashioning of vases; and in the course of the 
 period steady, if not rapid, improvement may be traced in the potter's art. A fine glaze was 
 invented, and before the period came to its end a characteristic system of geometrical orna- 
 mentation had been elaborateil. 
 
 The civilization thus briefly outlined may be conceived as slowly evolving through four or five 
 centuries. Before attaining its culmination, however, it was extinguished, and. as we have seen, 
 the period ends at Korakou with the total destruction of the settlem<'nt. The evidence of the 
 pottery indicates a complete break in continuity of civilization; almost no elements of Early 
 Helladic culture seem to have survived the catastrophe. Accordingly, if the earlier inhabitants 
 were not entirelj' exterminated or driven out, they were at least biought into complete subjection. 
 This conquest was apparently carried out by a more powerful race coming from the north; ceramic 
 t&stimony, at any rate, points to Phocis as the probable .sotu'ce of the victorioiis invasion, although 
 the origin and developnient of IMinyan Ware must still be left an open question. 
 
 The new culture, which inunediately established itself on the site of the old, was of a more aggres- 
 sive and more vigorous type. It was characterized by its progressiveness and its readiness to 
 assimilate new ideas from abroad, adapting them to its own. Though their materials were the 
 same, the Middle Helladic builders surpassed their predecessors in precision and neatness; and even 
 the foundations of their houses, which alone survive, suggest efficiency. Here we may be dealing 
 with the forerunners of th(> architects who produced the great fortification walls of Tiryns and 
 Mycenae. Obsidian was still nuich employed for knives and weapons — such as arrow-heads — - 
 but stone implements were chiefly limited to hand-mills (querns) and grinders. Bronze must have
 
 CONCLUSION 12.-, 
 
 hocn 1*0(1 to a considoial)le extent, though the evidence on this point at Korakou is extremely 
 scanty. There is no doubt, however, that metal-work wa.s carried to a high doRree of perfection; 
 for Cray Minyan ware with its grafefiilly shaped va.ses is clearly an imitation of oriKinal« in 
 metal— probably silver or lead. Polished bone pins and other implements are also of frequent 
 occurrence. The pottery shows a marked advance over that of the Early Helladic PeriwI. for 
 the pot tci's wheel was now a regular accessory of the trade, and there is, in consequence, a notice- 
 .able iiiii)n)veinent in form and fabric. Indeed, in point of fabric Cray Minyan ware was seldom, 
 if ever, surpassed in any subsequent period. 
 
 Thougli details of the process are yet in large part wanting, the course of development of Middle 
 Hcllailic civilization is in its main lines, at least, clear. Heginning a.s a distinctively northern or 
 mainland culture, it ra])idly absorbs, in its new domain at the cross roads of communications 
 formed by the Isthm<is, the impulses transmitted by the more advanc<'d civilization of the south; 
 and thus, in a proiiression exhibiting a seiies of well-marked steps, it gradually draws nean-r to 
 Minoan standards, until finally, in absolute continuity of develoiunent, it merges with, and 
 (loiuiiiates, the latest stage of that civilization. The successive pha.ses of the process are most 
 clearly illustrated in the pottery, as set forth in detail above. During the first phase (Jray Min- 
 yan ware is jjredominant. This is sticceeded by Yellow Minyan, in which northern shapc-j* are 
 retained, while southern iiilliicnco a])i)cars in the smooth slij) with which the surface of the vtutoo 
 is (•ii\('i('il. In the following step this influence has become nuirkedly stronger, as painted designs 
 in southern style are applied to these- slipped vases, which are, however, still chiefly northern in 
 shape. Next in order we sec in decoration the ftdlest de.velopment of free naturalistic Minoan 
 art attained by the .artists of Korakou, while soul hern shapes are as nuich in evidence as northern. 
 And finally, in the last ])lias(', the process is comiilete, but a reaction has occurred and it is the 
 Minoanized civilization of the mainland wliii-h now takes the lead in the .\egean worhl. The 
 Midille Helladic Period nuiy be s.aid to continue as long as northern elements predominate— 
 inchiding, that is, the first two pha.ses; while the Late Helladic Perioil represents the a.scentlancy of 
 Minoan elements in mainland civilization. Rut it nuist be called to mind again that there is no 
 break whatever in the continuity of development . 
 
 The civilization of the Late Helladic Period is too well known from the excavations at Tiryns 
 and Mycenae to require further elalxuation here; anil it is also far better repn-sented in the splen- 
 ilid iiinainsof the Argolid than at the more modest Corinthian .sites. In explanation of the evolu- 
 tion of the simple, sturdy <iiliure of the .Middle Iblladii- Period, as we lirst see it at Korakou. into 
 the regal magnificeiue of Mycenae, there is no necessity, nor is there evi<lence, for assuming an 
 armed Minoan invasion followed by actual Minoan domination. t)n the contrary, the develo|>- 
 ment, as we have examined it, seems rather due to peaceful |M-netration, chielly of Minoan com- 
 merce and Minoan standards, ami perhaps of colonies of Minoan arti.sans. among a \yvi>]t\v ready 
 .and eager to .seize tipon new ideas and new inventions, and willing to modify it« own. The stiiuu- 
 hi8 came from the sotith, but it acted on a maiidand race whi<-h had a vigorous sjnrit of progress. 
 The importance of the evidence from Corinth lies in the new light it nll.Mis on the evolution of 
 Mycenaean civilization. K(uakou exi)lains Tir>'ns and .Mycenae. 
 
 In ,-,,nrlnsi,>n wc may draw attention again to the fact that for the very emi of the Myi-enaean 
 Period wc have now at Koraki.u a clearer picture of the life of the private ciliz.-n than was |«>s.sible 
 bcfoie. Agamenuion and his nobh- peers have long enjoyed tin- prominence that w«u» their due;
 
 126 KOKAKOU 
 
 now light is shed also on the conditions of lift' nf tiic IminMi' commoner — the nameless Tts of the 
 Homeric poems, who with his fellows formed the bulk of the population and rendered Aga- 
 memnon's glory possible. We have recovered his modest house, though its clay walls have 
 long since fallen away. We can picture him conducting his household worship about the pillar in 
 his megaron. We have seen his sin>i)le bed. raised but slightly above the earthen floor. We 
 have fdund the storage jars in wliich he kept his oil and grain, the (lucrii (in wliich lie ground his 
 Hour; the hearth where he iirejiaied his food: the vessels in which he cooked, and the dishes from 
 which he ate his meal, and the cup from which he drank his wine. And in the ilisorder of his 
 abandoned house we may recognize the haste with which he fled before that mysterious peril 
 which, un<lei- the name of the Dorian Invasion, we believe engulfed his waning civilization.
 
 APPENDICES 
 
 Proportion 
 
 TABLE I 
 OF Different Wares Found in Pit E. A. (East Alley)— Pebcestaces 
 
 Arl)itrary Layers. . 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 U 
 
 12 
 
 13 
 
 14 
 
 15 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 18 19 
 
 Painted L. II. III.. 
 
 650 
 
 514 
 
 472 
 
 302 
 
 019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Ephyraean Ware. . 
 
 007 
 
 
 003 
 
 025 
 
 019 
 
 036 
 
 015 
 
 017 
 
 001 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Painted L. 11. 1-Il. 
 
 029 
 
 017 
 
 032 
 
 133 
 
 238 
 
 290 
 
 245 
 
 300 
 
 282 
 
 190 
 
 149 
 
 031 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Painted M.H. II.. 
 
 
 
 
 
 002 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 012 
 
 005 
 
 012 
 
 027 
 
 
 014 
 
 Hlack Monoohrome 
 
 110 
 
 034 
 
 109 
 
 130 
 
 158 
 
 107 
 
 123 
 
 081 
 
 113 
 
 101 
 
 046 
 
 040 
 031 
 
 023 
 029 
 
 Ols 
 
 Hed Monochrome 
 
 087 
 
 048 
 
 093 
 
 135 
 
 156 
 
 169 
 
 123 
 
 167 
 
 131 
 
 imi 
 
 01)0 
 
 027 
 
 «'i . 
 
 046 
 
 Buff Monochrome. 
 
 065 
 
 325 
 
 240 
 
 20<( 
 
 301 
 
 271 
 
 3fi8 
 
 230 
 
 277 
 
 330 
 
 275 
 
 454 
 
 509 
 
 484 
 
 421 ' 
 
 Gray Minyan. . . . 
 
 015 
 
 017 
 
 008 
 
 010 
 
 016 
 
 010 
 
 015 
 
 019 
 
 018 
 
 034 
 
 068 
 
 081 
 
 069 
 
 121 
 
 11- 
 
 Mattpainted Ware 
 
 015 
 
 007 
 
 019 
 
 044 
 
 079 
 
 077 
 
 0S6 
 
 167 
 
 128 
 
 182 
 
 356 
 
 255 
 
 300 
 
 265 
 
 32; 
 
 
 140 
 
 lit 1 
 
 Oil 
 
 Early Ilelladic 
 Ware 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 004 
 
 
 (Kll "••■ 
 
 "tfl 
 
 Coarse Ware 
 
 022 
 
 038 
 
 024 
 
 012 
 
 012 
 
 040 
 
 025 
 
 019 
 
 050 
 
 057 
 
 034 
 
 103 
 
 a58 
 
 OM 
 
 0(U) 
 
 10.- 
 
 
 
 1000 
 
 1000 
 
 1000 
 
 1000 
 
 1000 
 
 1000 
 
 1000 
 
 1000 
 
 1000 
 
 1000 
 
 1000 
 
 1000 
 
 1000 
 
 1000 
 
 1000 
 
 1000 
 
 lOOtl Kxxi 
 1 
 
 liimi 
 
 Number of Sherds . 
 
 137 
 
 292 
 
 375 
 
 480 
 
 379 
 
 1382 
 
 815 
 
 418 
 
 656 
 
 527 
 
 236 
 
 223 
 
 171 
 
 •22.3 
 
 305 
 
 315 
 
 575 
 .20 
 
 .08 
 10 
 
 87 
 
 'Ihickiiessof 
 
 Layers in Metres 
 
 .35 
 
 25 
 
 .15 
 
 .15 
 
 .10 
 
 .20 
 
 .10 
 
 15 
 
 .20 
 
 .15 
 
 .15 
 
 .15 
 
 .10 
 
 .15 
 
 .10 
 
 10 
 
 30 
 
 TABLE II 
 Proportion of Different Wares Fodnd in Three Layers of the L.\te Helladic Period 
 
 
 L. H. Ill 
 
 L. H. II 
 
 L.H. 1 
 
 
 
 
 Painted Late Helladic III 
 
 518 
 
 003 
 
 
 Kphyracan Ware . 
 
 002 
 
 027 
 
 
 
 
 
 Painted Late Helladic I-II 
 
 026 
 
 268 
 
 241 
 
 
 
 
 
 082 
 
 1-20 
 
 107 
 
 
 
 
 \{pi\ \Ioiu)fhromo 
 
 076 
 
 153 
 
 120 
 
 
 
 
 
 Huff Monochrome (Yellow Minyan) 
 
 241 
 
 300 
 
 301 
 
 (!ray Minyan 
 
 012 
 
 012 
 
 026 
 
 
 Mattpainted Ware 
 
 014 
 
 080 
 
 1 ■: 
 
 Nondescript Coarse 
 
 029 
 
 031 
 
 053 
 
 
 
 1000 
 
 1000 
 
 1000 
 
 
 Total Number of Sherds 
 
 804 
 
 
 1183 
 
 
 .75 
 
 40 
 
 35 
 
 
 
 =
 
 128 
 
 KORAKOU 
 
 FTCrUF, 134 
 STRATIFICATION OF WEST SIDi: oi' IMT K. A. (EAST ALLEY) 
 
 Zoo-- 
 
 300 JL 
 
 ^=452X2*==' 
 
 "^m^m'^fW. 
 
 Moor 
 Moor 
 
 I'Moor-lcvcl 
 
 Ploughed cartli 
 
 Wall of House L 
 l^rowiiish cartii 
 
 Blackish cartii ami d^-bris 
 
 Floor-lrvcl 
 
 Ash anil debris 
 
 Blackish cart h 
 
 Ash and carlionizivl matter 
 
 Clay and ash 
 Greenish clay 
 
 Brownish soil 
 
 Rock 
 
 (The drawing is by Dr. A. Iv. Orluiidos)
 
 APPENDICES 
 
 129 
 
 POTTERY r.ROrPS FROM HOUSES AT KORAKOU 
 
 Shapes 
 House P (Northeast cliaiiiher) 
 
 (1) Deep bowls 
 
 (2) Wide shallow bowls 
 
 (3) Shallow basins 
 
 (4) Cups with doubly curved profile 
 
 Vertical iiaiidlcs 
 
 Horizontal handles 
 
 Without handles 
 
 (5) Cylixes on high stem 
 
 (6) Jugs with spout and basket handle 
 
 (7) Stirrup vases 
 
 (8) Water-jars (hydriae) 
 
 (9) Oenochoae 
 
 (10) Coarse jars 
 
 House L 
 
 ( 1 ) Deep bowls 
 
 (2) Cup 
 
 (3) Coarse cooking pots 
 
 (4) Small pithos 
 
 (5) Large pithoi 
 
 House H 
 
 (1) Dec]) howl 
 
 (2) Deep urn or crater on stem 
 
 (3) Shallow ijowls 
 
 (4) Cup 
 
 (5) Cylixes on high stem 
 
 (6) Jar with four handles 
 
 Region R 
 
 (1 
 (2 
 (3 
 (4 
 (5 
 (6 
 
 Deep l)owls 
 
 Wide bowl 
 
 Bowl with side si)out. 
 
 Cup 
 
 Stirrup vase 
 
 Hydria 
 
 Whole or in 
 
 Fragmentary 
 
 Tota 
 
 large part 
 
 
 
 5 
 
 9 
 
 11 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 2 
 
 5 
 
 7 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 4 
 
 8 
 
 5 
 
 12 
 
 17 
 
 1 
 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 5 
 
 
 2 
 
 2 
 
 2 
 
 
 2 
 
 10
 
 130 KORAKOU 
 
 THK SO-CALLED TKMPLl': or UVAW AT TIRYNS 
 
 In tilt' light of the plan of House L at Korakou (cf. p. 80) it is interesting to review the case 
 of the so-called early ("Meek temple at Tiiyiis. In his discussion of this building' A. Frickenhaus 
 becomes involved in a number of difficulties, both architectural aiul chronological, which are 
 serious enough to raise grave doul)ts as to the correctness of his interpretation. 
 
 The remains in (luestion consist of the substructure of a rectangular building, measuring ca. 
 6.00 in. liy 20.00 m., oriented apiiroximately north and south, and constructed entirely within 
 the great megaron of the palace. The west wall of this strticture rests directly f)n the pavement 
 of the megaron; the east wall, on the other hand, is superposed on the east wall of the megaron 
 along the imier or western half of the latter. These walls, formed of rather small, unshaped stones 
 laid in clay, are from 0.")G m. to O.GO m. in width ami stand to a height of 0.4o m. on the west 
 and 0.65 m. on the east, the height of the older megaron wall being included in this last dimen- 
 sion. The building is divided by a cross wall — in which there is a space for a central door — into a 
 rather deep portico, open to the south, and one long, narrow room. For an excellent plan and 
 elevation see TIrijns, p. 3: the plan is reproduced in our Figure 135. 
 
 With these remains are brought into connection an archaic Doric capital of poros, found by 
 Schliemann built into a late (Byzantine or modern) wall that ran across the "men's" court over 
 the altar; an early terracotta antefix and a number of roof-tiles discovered on the east side of 
 the hill in the entrance to the acropolis outside the gate to the upper citadel; and the mass of 
 Greek votive terracottas which Schliemann unearthed outside the fortification wall on the west, 
 near the stairway leading down from the small postern gate; to which arc added a number of 
 similar terracottas which came to light recently on the citadel itself. Combining these elements, 
 Frickenhaus concludes that the building was a Greek temple, which, from the evidence of the style 
 of construction, the Doric capital, the antefix, and the terracottas, he dates approximately in the 
 middle of the seventh century B.C. 
 
 The chief difficulties in the way of this theory are the following: 
 
 The method of construction is wholly different from that known in other Greek temples. Even 
 in the earliest of these, where squared blocks do not appear, quarried stone, which is at least roughly 
 shaped, is used, and the walls are comparatively thick and solid. In the present instance, however, 
 the walls are thin, and l)uilt of entirely unworked stones. In addition, there is no foundation for 
 the portico across the front of the building, a peculiarity which can be paralleled in no other 
 Greek temple. The construction is, in fact, as Frickenhaus himself admits, although on a smaller 
 scale, practically identical with the construction of tlu> Mycenaean palace. 
 
 Another point of considerable perplexity for the supporters of this theory is the determination 
 of the floor-level or ground-level of the temple; and upon the settlement of this problem depends 
 the answer to a further question, namely, whether the walls as now preserved were originally 
 foundations, and therefore covered, or actual walls visible above ground. Frickenhaus very prop- 
 erly points out that the walls arc too thin to be foundations; the door-opening is carried down 
 to the level of the floor of the megaron; the east wall is built so that its west face is in the same 
 plane with the west face of the corresponding megaron-wall on which it is superposed, implying 
 
 iTiri/n-i, Vol. I, .\thens, 1912, pp. 2^6.
 
 APPENDICES 
 
 131 
 
 i 1 1 1 1 h 
 
 12 3 4 5 
 
 10 M. 
 
 KlrMIIli: l:!"i. I'LA.t OK TlIK S(>-CALLKD 'I'EMrLE OK lUlM AT TlHYNK.
 
 132 KORAKOU 
 
 that this face was intciulcil to he \isil)l('; and, t'lirt hn miuic, i he walls iif t he luiildiiig begin exactly 
 at the top of tlie two steps whieli led up from tiie court to the luegarou. C'onseiiueiitly he con- 
 ehides that the floor of the temple was at the same level as the earlier Mye(>iiaeaii floor and that the 
 court to the south was also clear down to its Mycenaean level. 
 
 This involves, however, a very serious difficulty, for during the excavations of Schliemann it 
 was observed that the whole acropolis of Tiryns was covered to a de])lli of niic metre or more 
 with a layer of earth and ashes containing almost exclusively Mycenaean debris and potsherds. 
 A certain nund)er of fragments of geometric pottery were indeed gathered up; but the percentage 
 of later Greek sherds was infinitesimal, if indeed they were found at all. The question imme- 
 diately arises: how is it possible, if a Greek temi)le was established at the Mycenaean level in the 
 megaron and if the open court before the megaron was used at its Mycenaean level from tlic 
 seventh century b.c. onward — how is it then possible that this same area was later covered over 
 with almost purely Mycenaean debris, while the d6bris and potsherds which we shoidd expect 
 from the seventh century and subseciuently, during the period when the temiile was in use, have 
 almost completely vanished? 
 
 This is, however, not the only difficulty encountered by the theory that a Greek temiile of the 
 period mentioned stood at the Mycenaean level in the megaron. For the Doric capital, which has 
 previously been used as confirmatoiy evidence for dating the temple in the seventh century 
 B.C., now becomes exceedingly embarrassing. In fact, no suitable place for a Doric cohunn in the 
 portico can be discovered at the Mycenaean level. There is no foundation to support it, nor is 
 there any trace to indicate that such a column ever stood on the Mycenaean floor. Being loth to 
 discard the capital altogether, Frickenhaus finally erects it on the old Mycenaean stone base for 
 a wooden i)illar, which is still preserved exactly in the axis of the portico, although he admits that 
 the result obtained is quite unparalleled. 
 
 Finally there is a serious chronological difficulty. As Frickenhaus very well observes, the 
 builders of the temple nuist have be(>n familiar with the megaron of the Mycenaean palace as it 
 appeared before its total destruction by fire. The jilan is essentially the same; certain elements 
 of the megaron appear, indeed, to have been used again in their original position. Thus the new 
 building is so placed that one of the column-bases of the megaron and one of the portico lie exactly 
 in its axis — a fact certainly not due to chance. Again, the old steps at the front of the megaron w-ere 
 evidently still used as an approach to the new building. Furthermore, the Mycenaean foundation, 
 which still remains in the megaron against its east wall, obviously continued to stand in the later 
 structure. To explain all this Frickenhaus is obliged to suppose that the Mycenaean palace con- 
 tinued to exist and to be inhabited quite to the end of the Geometric Period; that it was not till 
 about 700 B.C. that it w-as finally destroyed in a great fire; and that shortly afterward a Greek 
 temple was erected on the site of the megaron, by builders who were familiar with the appearance 
 of the older structiue. I5ut, even if it be accepted that the palace dates from the very end of the 
 Mycenaean Period, it is still almost impossible to believe that a bxiilding constructed in its upper 
 part, at least, entirely of unbaked brick and wood could endure for four hundred years without 
 suffering damage from earthquakes, or fire, or other causes, so serious as to necessitate repairs 
 or alterations extensive enough to leave manifest traces. No parallel to such a survival can be 
 shown anywhere. The great palaces of Crete were comparatively short-lived. So great an 
 amount of wood was used in the construction of Mycenaean buildings that their destruction by
 
 APPENDICES 133 
 
 fire waft iiltimalcly inevitable, and this fate was never very long delayed. The early Greek temples, 
 ill w iiicii I he ceiling and t he roof were Iniilt of wood.suffered in a similar way, and it was only when 
 stunc began largely to supplant wood as the material of construetion that they became safer and 
 more permanent buildings. 
 
 It is not necessary, however, tu heap up further difficulties in the way of the theory here din- 
 cussed; for ill the light of the plan of House L at Korakou the solution of the problem l>ecouie« 
 evident. The later building within the megaron at Tiryns is not a (Jreek temple; it is simply u 
 modest reconstruction of the earlier megaron— a reconstruction carried out toward the end of 
 the Mycenaean Period after the destruction of the palace by fire. Thus is explained the strikinn 
 similarity, both in construct ion and in pian.uf the new and the old megaron. The new megaron 
 was snudler than its predecessor. One interior column was sufficient to support the roof, and one 
 pillar only was needed in the facade. The building was, therefon-, so placed that two of the older 
 pillar-bases lay in its axis, and on these the new wooden pillars were en-cted. Exactly the sjime 
 arrangement of columns is seen in House L at Korakou. The later megaron was also built in the 
 same tcclmical style as the earlier — that is, the low walls as they still exist are merely the stone 
 socle on which was laid the superstruct\ire of crude brick. This is clearly prove<l by the fact that 
 the walls ;is preserved today eiul in a practically level finished top (average height 0. 1.') m. on the 
 west, O.li.') III. (Ill the east side where it is superposed on the earlier wall; liere perhaps the debris 
 of the tire had raised the outside groinul-level) above which there was obviously no further stone 
 constnwtion. The roof was probably flat, plastered with clay. The Hoor of the earlii-r megaron 
 was used again; likewise the large court to the south at its original level, as well as the steps li-ad- 
 ing up from it to the megaron. A new bench was built along the side w,ill> of the pnrti.u .i nicidrsi 
 successor to the splendid "cyanus-frieze" of the great palace. 
 
 The prcduiiiinance of Mycenaean potsherds in the layer of deliris covering the palace is now 
 satisfactorily explaineil. The great majority of these sherds are, as nu>ntione<| above, of the 
 Late .Mycenaean or Third Late Helladic type and belong, of course, to the period of reconslrue- 
 linii. I vent\ire to suggest that, ai)art from the new megaron, certain other reconstructions 
 marked ini I lie plan of Tiryns also dale t'loiii this period, and indicate a general .Mycenaean 
 reocciipatidii of tiica<roiiolissul)se(iuenl to the bmningof the palace. The n-building of the altar, 
 for example, probably belongs here, or rather the building of the platform round it. 
 
 Tiie chronological difficulties involved by the teinplc-theory now cease to be trouble.Minie. It 
 is no longer necessary to suppose that the monumental palace continued without appreciable 
 changes to exist and to be inhabited for nearly half a inillenium, whih- a great civiliwition de- 
 clined and finally vaiiisheil, yielding before another, new and very difTercnt. We now obtain » 
 normal sequence of habitation. The mighty structure of the early Third Late Helladic Peritnl is 
 succeeded by a modest house in the period of reconstruction, when an «'ITort was made to sjivc ua 
 nnich .us possible from the wreckage of the fire. Subseciui'iitly, when the last reminmls of My- 
 cenaean civilization disappeared, wo uniy sui>pose the hill of Tiiyns to have bivn occupied agaui by 
 a few humble houses of the Ceometric Age. Traces of these may still exist in the later walls eiutt 
 of the megaron; and the geometric pottery found by .Schliemann is untloubte<lly due to tlu-se set- 
 tlers. Still later, as is shown by Schliemann's find of the mass of ( beck terracottjus. it is elwir that 
 a sanctuary stood .soniewhen^ on the site. .\n oKI tradition of the greatness of the pjist pn>l>ably 
 kept alive at least a small shrine on the acropolis. There is no rejison for supimsing it to have
 
 i:}t KORAKOU 
 
 been ;iii\ thing iiiori' tliaii a sliriiic. Xow that thr icciiiistfiicli )t' tlic iiicgaioii lia.s Ix'cii restored 
 
 to its proper context, tliere remains available on the upper citadc-l no foundation that jnay be 
 attributed to a temple. The lone Doric caijital does not suffice to establish the existence of such a 
 building; for it may easily, as l)oii)fel([ remarks,' liave been dragged up in the ]\Iiddle Ages from 
 some other part of the citadel to be built into the late wall in wliieh it was found. 
 ' Mycenae, p. 271.
 
 INDEX 
 
 Acarnania, L. II. Ill pottery from, 119. 
 
 Aegina, I\I. II. Maltpainti-d pithos from, 10; .M. H. Mattpainlcd Imsiii from, 'JO, ii. 
 
 Aphicliia, M. II. Mattpainteil basin.s from, 20, n.; Maltijainted ware from, 111. 
 
 Architecture, of E. H. period, 75 f. ; of M. H. period, 76 IT.; of M. H. period compared with that of 
 Crete and the Cyclades, 116; of L. H. period, 79 ff. ; orientation of houses, 98; general remarki< 
 about plans of houses, 98 f.; of so-called Ti'mi)le of Hera at Tiryns, 130 ff.; altar (?), 96.97; 
 buttress (?), 97; column biise, 82, 86, 91, 92, 92 f.; door, 81, 88, 95; door, 82, 83, 95, Wi; fresco, 
 fragment of, 94; hearth, 83, 85, 89, 90, 92, 96; megaron, 82, 85, 89, 91, 93; pillar, baetylic 
 (?), 99; portico, 80, 91, 93; roofing, problem of, 87 f.; threshold, 81, 85, 87, 95, 97; vwitibule, 
 81, 85, 93. 
 
 Argive Iloraeum, Mpliyraean ware from, .")1, 117. 
 
 Argolid, pottery from, in general agreement with that found at Korakou, 3. 
 
 Argos, Argive Minyan ware from, 17; Mattpainted pithos from, 19; Mattpainted b:uiins from, 
 20, n.; Mattpainted cups from, 27; Mattpainted shallow bowls from, 28. 
 
 Athens, E. H. ware from Acropolis, 112; L. II. I and II ware from Acropoli.x. 117. 
 
 Attica, pottery from, in general agreement with that fouml at Korakou, 3; Mycenaean pitrhrr 
 found at Markopoulo, 50. 
 
 Boeotia, pottery from, in general agreement with that foutid a( Korakou, 3. 
 
 Bone objects, E. H. pins, 104; M. H. pins, 105; L. II. I spool or bca.l, 10.'.. 
 
 Bothroi, at Korakou, (Jonia, and Orchomeno.s, in E. H. period, 75 f., 113. 
 
 Bronze objects, E. II. pin, 104; L. H. Ill knife, 109; L. II. Ill pins, 109; I,. II. HI .hiscls, KMl; I,. H. 
 
 Ill sword-tip, 109; i.. II. Ill .spear-socket, 109. 
 Burial customs, M. II. period, 116. See also under Tombs. 
 
 Cephalonia, L. II. Ill tombs in, 119. 
 
 Chalcis, grave chambers opening from shaft, E. H. period, KMI; 1.. II II pottery from, IIS. 
 
 Cheliotomylos, prehistoric site near Old Corinth, 116. 
 
 Chronology, of strata at Korahou, 120 IT.; relative, of llelladic, Cydadic, and Mmuan pcruHl.s, 
 
 121; absolute, of Ilellailic civilization, 123. 
 Clay objects, K. II. cylindrical loom-weights (?), 10-1. 
 Cnossos, Cydadic pottery from Temple Repositories. 30. 
 Corinthia, in ll.c Neolithic .\ge, 123; in the E. II. peri..d. 124; in the M. II. periml. 124; iii the 
 
 L. II. period, llti, 12.V 
 
 136
 
 13G INDEX 
 
 Crete, Cretan civilization ciintrasted with lliat of Maiiiland ( = Hclladic). -J; I'oimccticins of with 
 the Corinthia in K. H. period, 113; possiltle Cretan influence on E. H. Liniit-on-Uark |)ai iniud 
 ware, 113; Cretan oriffin of patterns on M. 11. pottery, 32; Cretan iiiHnence in L. H. period, 
 52, 117; hole-nioutiied jars from, 27, 33; L. M. 11 patterns of curving streamers on pottery 
 fiom, 48. See also under Minoan. 
 
 Cyclades, Cycladic civilization contrasted with that of Mainland ( = Helladic), 3; early Cycladic 
 pottery, 5, 111 f . : connections with the Corinthia in Iv II. perioti, 112; Cychuiic and Main- 
 land pottery in L. II. I and II compared, 118 
 
 Elassona (i. c. Magoula), L. H. II pottery said lo Kc from, IIU. 
 Eleusis, Mattpainted ware from, 114; L. II. I and II i)oltery from, 117. 
 
 Frickenhaus, his account of the so-called Temple of lli^ra at Tiryns, 130 IT. 
 
 (leraki (in Laconia), Mattpainted ware from, 114. 
 
 Glass objects, L. II. 11 necklace of heads, lOfi. 
 
 Cionia, prehistoric site near Corinth, 110; stratification of, eonfirnn'ng that of Korakou, 1 Ui; E. H. 
 mottled Wiue from, 7; E. H. askoi from, 8; E. H. tankard from, 11; Mattpainted cup from, 
 27; E. H. bothroi at, 75 f.; M. H. graves at, 116; Neolithic pottery from, 123. 
 
 Hagia INIarina, E. H. pottery from, 112; E. H. patterned ware from, 11. 
 
 Helladic civilization (see also under Architecture, Pottery, Tombs, etc.) : 
 
 Early Helladic, suggested source and spread of, 113, in the Corinthia, 124: Middle Helladic, 
 in the Corinthia, 124 f.; Late Helladic, development of from ^Middle Helladic, 125, in the 
 Corinthia, 125. 
 
 Kakovatos, L. H. 1 and II |)oltery from ro>al tombs at, U'.t. 
 Kef tin cup, 25, 40. 
 
 Korakou, description of site, 1 f.; plan of excavation of. Plate \1II; relative chronology of settle- 
 ment at, 120 IT.; destruction of E. II. settlemeiil at, 121. 
 
 Lead objects, 109. 
 
 Lianokladi, pottery from, in general agreement with that found at Korakou, 3; "Urfirnis" at, 
 113; M. H. (?) house at, 115. 
 
 Maket tomb at Gourob, L. H. jug from, 52. 
 
 Markopoulo (in Attica), L. H. pitcher from, 50. 
 
 Megaron type of house in M. H. period, 77 f. 
 
 Melos, black and red ware from, 30; pattern (jf curving streamers on pottery from, 48. Sec also 
 
 under Phjdakopi. 
 Minoan, influence on Mattpainted ware II, 24 f. ; Middle Minoan III wares as relalci! to Mainland 
 
 fabrics, 114 f. See also under Crete.
 
 INDEX ,37 
 
 Mycenaok Gray Minyan ware from, 15; Mattpaintod waro from, 114; Mattpainted ware III from 
 sixth shaft grave at, 28 ff. ; Ephyraeaii ware from, 54 ; Warrior Vast- from, 02 f. ; L. H. Ill houses 
 at, 120. 
 
 Mycenaean ( = Late Helladic) ware, forerunner of, 25; earliest fouiKi at K(,nik>.ii 32 
 
 \axos, K. II. sauce-boat from, 10. 
 Neolithic pf)ttery from C'orinthia, 123. 
 
 Obsidian objects, E. H. period, 104; M. II. period, 105; L. H. period, 109. 
 
 Old Corinth, prehistoric site at, 110; K. 11. graves at, 7, 100; E. H. beaked jugs from, 11. 
 
 Olyiiipia, early incised pottery from, 14; L. H. Ill .sherd from, 119. 
 
 Orchomcnos, E. H. ware from, 11, 112; E. H. bothroi at, 75 f.; Gray Minyan ware from, 15; Malt- 
 painted ware from, 114; Mattpainted pithoi from, 19, n.; M. H. house construction at. 
 77, 116; burial beneath half pithos at, 101. 
 
 Phocis, pottery from, in general agreement with that foutid at Korakou, 3; connection.^ with the 
 Corinthia in K. H. period, 113; probabli' source of invasion which destroyed E. II. settlement 
 at Korakou, 124. 
 
 Phylakopi, early polishe<l ware from, 5; Gray Minyan ware from, 122; Mattpaintod II cups from, 
 25; beaked jugs from-, 25; bird vases from, 25; series of bowls froin, 28; Mattpainted III jug 
 from, 30, 114; Ephyraean ware from, 54; intranuiral interment of infant at, 101. 
 
 Pottery, of Korakou, Chap. II; of Mainland, ])eriods and terminology, 3; Mycenaean ( = Ij»tc 
 Helladic), 3; "Urfirnis," 2, 3, 6; Cydadic ware of Phylako|)i, 5. 
 Early Hellwlic, 4 if.; diffusion of, 3, 4 IT., 110 tT.; chronological se(|Ucnce of, 14. 
 
 A. IIand-i)()Iished; I, I'lislipiJcd, 4 f., 14; II, Slipped, 5 f., 14. 
 
 B. Glazed, ff., 14: I, Partly Coated, 6; II, Completely Coated, (1 (T. 
 
 C. Patterned, 8 fif., 14: I, Dark-on-Light, 8 £f.; II, Light-<m-Dark, 1(» f. 
 
 D. Unpainted, 11 f., 14. 
 
 E. Domestic Pots and Pithoi, 12 f., 14. 
 
 F. Other Wares, 13 f. 
 
 "Rugose" ware, 13; potter's marks, 11. 
 Middle Helladic, 3, 15 ff.; diffusion of, 1 13 ff.; chronological sequence of, 34 f 
 
 A. Minyan, 2, 3, 15ff.; I, Gray, 15 ff.; II, Argive Minyan, 17 f.; HI. Yelh.w Minyan, 18 f. 
 
 B. Mattpainted, 2, 3, 19 ff.; I, Coarse, 19 ff.; II, Fine. 24 ff.; Minoan intluence on. 24; 
 III, Polychrome, 28 ff. 
 
 C. Coarse Unpainted Domestic, 30 f. 
 
 D. Mainland Ware Corresponding to Fabrics of M. M. HI. :!_' tT : I. I.ight-on-Dark, 
 32 f.; II, Dark-on-Light, 33 f. 
 
 Ijide Helladic ( = Mycenacan), 3, 35 IT.; ihvision into Ihive slau-es. .•{(•.; potter's marks, 44. 
 Late Helladic I, 30 ff.; diffusion of, 117 ff. 
 A. Painted, 30 ff. 
 H. liipainted, 43. 
 C. .Moiioelirome, i'.i f.
 
 138 INDEX 
 
 Pottery, Late Helladii- I — continued 
 
 D. f'liay Miiiyaii, 44. 
 
 E. .Mattpainteil, 44. 
 
 F. Domestic, 44. 
 
 Late Hellatlic II ( = Mycenaean), 44 IT.; difTiision of, 1 17 IT 
 
 \. Painted, 45 ff. 
 
 H. lOpiiyraoan, 54 ff.; in (lie .Vin'iliil, 117. 
 
 C". Fine Unpaintod, 57 IT. 
 
 D. Monochrome, 59. 
 
 E. Minyan, 59. 
 
 F. Mattpainted, 59. 
 
 G. Domestic, 59. 
 
 Late Helladic III ( = Mycenaean), 59 ff.; diffusion of, 120. 
 
 A. Painted, 59 ff. 
 
 B. Unpainted, 72. 
 C". Monochrome, 72. 
 
 D. E. Minyan and JNIattpainted, 72. 
 
 E. Domestic Pots and Pithoi, 73 ff. 
 Patterns 
 
 Early Helladic: inci.sed, 4 f.; wedge-shaped incisions, 5. 13; mottled decoration, 7; raised 
 
 rope hands, 13; peculiar incised decoration, 13 f. 
 Middle Helladic: incised, on Argive Minyan I, 19; angular ami curvilinear, on Mattpainted 
 I, 19; panelled decoration on Mattpainted II, 25; design of sea shells on earliest Myce- 
 na<^an ware, M. H. II, 34. 
 Late Helladic: I, 37 ff. ; II, 45 ff. ; of waving streamers, 48; on Ephyraean ware, 5(5 f. ; 
 III, 61 f. 
 Prehistoric Age on Greek Mainland, division info periods, 3; evidence for division, 3. 
 Prehistoric sites near Corinth, 110. 
 Pylos (in Messenia), L. H. I-II pottery from tholos tomb at, 119. 
 
 Rachmani, house with apse, 115. 
 
 Rini, house with apse at either end, 115. 
 
 ■Sphettos (in Attica), L. H. Ill crater from, 64. 
 
 Stone objects, Early Helladic: marlile pestle, 104; pounder, 104; Middle Helladic: pounder, 105; 
 Late Helladic II: incised pebble, 106; steatite gem, 106; Late Helladic III: steatite gems, 
 106; steatite s])indle-whorls, 109; steatite celt, 109; fragment of jjolished celt, 109; whetstone, 
 109; pounders and grinders, 109; millstones, 109; flint, 109. See also under Obsidian. 
 
 Stratification of prehistoric deposit at Korakou, 2, 128. 
 
 Tel El Amarna, L. H. Ill pottery from, 59. 
 
 Terracotta objects. Early Helladic: figurine (?), 104; spindle-whorls, 104; flat disk, 104; Middle 
 
 Helladic: .spin die- whorls, 105; Late Helladic III: figurines, 107 f. ; animal figures, 108 f . ; 
 
 spindle-whorls, 109; fiat crescent, 109.
 
 INDEX 139 
 
 Thebes, L. II. pottery from, 118; Mycenaean pitchers from, 50; L. li. Ill panelled system of deco- 
 ration at, 61; L. H. Ill unpainted cylix from, 65, n. 
 
 Thermon, M. H. pottery from, 115; apsidal houses at, 115; L. 11. I ami II pottery from, 119. 
 
 Thessaly, E. H. "rugose" dishes from Tsani, i:i; L. II. II pottery from Papasae ami loicos, 118 f. 
 
 Tiryns, pottery of lowest stratum at. 111; Mattpainted ware from, 114; M. H. sherd.> with .sea- 
 shell pattern from, 34; Ephyraean ware from, 54, 117; L. H. Ill hou.«e at, 120; so-<alled Ti-m- 
 ple of Hera at, 1.30 ft". 
 
 Tombs, E. H. shaft-tombs at Old Corinth, 100; tombs of M. H. period, 100 f.; M. H. infant burial 
 in i)ithos, 18, 19, 100 f.; M. H. intramural burial of infant, 101; L. II. graves, 102 f. 
 
 Tsani, E. H. "rugose" dishes from, 13: connections of, with the foriiithia in K. H. pi-riod. 113 
 
 Vaphio, gold cups from, 25, 32; L. H. II pottery from, 119; L. H II pattern of curving streamers on 
 pottery from, 48. 
 
 Yiriza, prehistoric site near Corinth, 110; E. H. askoi from, 8. 
 
 Zerelia, interment of infant beneath half pithos at, 101.
 
 PLATE I 
 
 
 SiAU: I : -
 
 PLATE II 
 
 6 
 
 SuKRus OF Matti-mvtku \V\uk and Lhiiit-iiv-Dmik Mmm\m> Wark, Smiiwi.su iilUILAKin 
 
 MiDDI.K itci.l.MiK I't Kliili. 
 
 Si 1 1 I I I
 
 ^ 
 
 t^Zl 
 
 6 
 
 ^ 
 
 -i 
 
 8 
 
 Four Shkros ok .M.vr.TA.N.M. UM.k. Cla«. II. and Kotm or I)Ai.K-..~-I.l..itT Ma.m»m. « «". 
 
 MlllKU: llKIJ-APir I'KHinli 
 
 SrMJ. I I
 
 PI-.\ 1 
 
 I- 1 \ 
 
 muun:^' 
 
 KXAMI'I.K.S UK I'aTTKUNH OS t'l'l-H OK TMK V M'lllO ShaTK. I.ATIt II' 
 
 SrALK ;t I
 
 PLATE V 
 
 KWKK OK li....l) IMHIU . M...M> \.\Ty. llKl.t.\UIC Tl-KKlU.
 
 PLATE VI 
 
 CVJ 
 
 ^ 
 
 CO
 
 PI-ATE VH 
 
 S 
 
 2 
 
 >; ' 1
 
 %
 
 PLATE VIII 
 
 CZ3 
 
 EARLY HELLADIC 
 
 MIDDLE 
 
 LATE 
 
 General Plan of the Mxi-avationb at Kohakou. 
 
 r
 
 ^v 
 
 University of California 
 
 SOUTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY 
 
 405 Hilgard Avenue, Los Angeles, CA 90024-1388 
 
 Return this material to the library 
 
 from which it was borrowed. 
 
 University of California 
 
 SOUTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY 
 
 305 De Neve Drive - Parking Lot 17 • Box 951388 
 
 LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 90095-1388 
 
 Return this material to the library from which it was borrowed. 
 
 JAN 1 7 200S 
 
 UCLA COL LIB ,mm 
 RECEIVED ^^"^ 
 
 1 2 2008 
 
 -Tt: 
 
 
 immo/ 
 
 
 ()S-ANGEl£j^ 
 
 
 AUSANI 
 
 ^Ct 
 
 ?a1 
 
 iw^ lL^<r-^5